ATP

INDEX
COPYRIGHT 2008
COPYRIGHT IS NOT CLAIMED AS TO ANY PART OF AN ORIGINAL WORK
PREPARED BY A UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS
PART OF THAT PERSONS OFFICIAL DUTIES OR BY ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY
OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE AS PART OF THAT PERSONS DUTIES.
"ATP" is a registered trademark of Aircraft Technical Publishers. All original
authorship of ATP is protected under U.S. and foreign copyrights and is subject
to written license agreements between ATP and its Subscribers.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. NO PART OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE
REPRODUCED, STORED IN A RETRIEVAL SYSTEM, OR TRANSMITTED IN ANY
FORM BY ANY MEANS, ELECTRONIC, MECHANICAL, PHOTOCOPYING,
RECORDING OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE
PUBLISHER.
E" r ;
Air cr aft Technical Publisher s, Customer Ser vice
~101South Hill Dr ive 6AM-5PM PST M-F
Br isbane, CA 94005
(800)227-4610
ATP Gr id Index to Manufactur er s Publications:
Enstr om
Helicopter
F-28A
Maintenance Manual
Section
Topic
Gener al Infor mation
Title
Page
List of
Chapter s
(Table of Contents)
Recor d of Revisions
Recor d of
Tempor ar y
Revisions
List of Effective
Pages
Ser vice Infor mation
Summar y
Section 1 Manual Pr ocedur es
Section 2 Gener al Infor mation
Section 3
Inspections
Section 4
Weight
and Balance
Section 5 Power Plant (Fuel Oil, Oil
Ignition System)
Section 6 Main Rotor Hub
Assembly
Section 7 Main Rotor Tr ansmission
Section 8 Belt Dr ive
Assembly
Section 9 Electr ical
Systems
and
Components
Section 10 Str uctur e
Section 11
Flight
Contr ols
01/25/2008
Copyr ight
Air cr aft Technical Publisher s
Page
1of 2
EN 0120 MM)
Section Topic
Section 12
Fur nishings
Section 13
Utility Systems
Section 14 Instr uments
Section 15 Tail Rotor Dr ive
Assembly
" .k
End of Index
I~jr k
01/25/2008
Copyr ight
Air cr aft Technical Publisher s
Page
2 of 2
EN 0120Uh)
IVI FG
I
INTRO
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
THISISTHE F-28A
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
Manufactur ed
by
The Enstr om
Cor por ation, Menominee, Michigan
Owner ship
of the F-28A
Helicopter
will
pr ovide you
with a smooth,
distinctive,
and comfor table mode of
flight gear ed
to the
concept
of
moder n
tr anspor tation.
For business or pleasur e,
the field of
oper a-
tions is
pr actically unlimited, as point-to-point
tr avel can be accom-
plished
fr om either
pr epar ed or unpr epar ed ar eas. The distinctive
appear ance
of the F-28A is
symbolic
of
pr estige
and its
high per for m-
ance capabilities.
Under the
gr aceful
lines of the F-28A is a
r uggedly
constr ucted
helicopter designed
for
easy ser vicing,
minimum main-
tenance, dependability
and economical
oper ation.
This Reissue
Replaces
All Pr evious Issues
Copyr ight
1972 Enstr om
Cor por ation, Menominee, Michigan,
U.S.A.
Pr ice $35.00
Revised 8/18/72
RECORD OF REVISIONS
MFGREV
NO DESCRIPTION ISSUEDATE ATPREVDATEI INSERTED BY
LOG OF REVISIONS
Revision Pages
Revised
Date
Inser ted Removed
12-20-73 MM 9-11
2-22-74 MM 10-10
5-22-74 MM 11-7
5-22-74 MM 11-21
8-1-74 MM 1-2
8-1-74 MM 2-4
8-1-74 MM 3-6
9-1-75 MM 5-15
9-1-75 MM 5-16
9-1-75 1 MM 5-17
NOTE: Revised text is indicated
by a blackver tical line.
I
RECORD OFTEMPOR; 9RYREVISIONS
ATP REV INSERT DATE REV REMOVE
IREV NO DESCRIPTION ISSUE DATE DATE BY REMOVED INCOR BY
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Inser t latest
changed pages, destr oy super seded pages.
Page
No. Issue Page
No. I ssue
The aster iskindicates
pages changed, added,
or .deleted
bythe
cur r ent change.
SERVICE IN FORMATION SUMMARY
The
following
ser vice infor mation has been
incor por ated
in this
Manual:
Number Date Number Date
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 MANUALPROCEDURES
Page
Intr oduction f
Tableof Contents 1
Manual
Ar r angement
1
Air cr aft
Qffectivity
~1
Manual
Changes
and Revisions 2
Alphabetical
Index 2
SECTION 2- GENERALINFORMATION
FZSA Descr iption
1
The
Helicopter
1
Inter ior
Ar r angement
1
Air fr ame 1
Air Induction
System
2
Powetpaant
a
Oil System
2
Oil Systeni Indicator s 2
Engine
Contr ols 1 2
Thr ottle.......... 2
Mixtur eContr ol
c
2
Magneto
Switch 2
Star ter Button 2
Master Switch.......; 2
Cabin Heat........; 2
Clur c~Engagement
Lever ..... 3
Fuel
System
3
Auxillia~
Fuel
Pump Switch
3
Fuel
Quantity
Indicator 3
Fuel Pr essur e Indicator 3
Tr ansmission
System
3
Knain~Rotor Tr ansmission 3
Temper atur e
Indicator 3
Tail Rotor Tr ansmission 4
RoSor
SyStem
4
ZVl; ain; Rotor
L..........
4
Tail Rotor ..........~.-.
......~n.......,..
4
Rotor Tachometer
4
Stab:liztlr 4
Flight
Contr ols 4
Cyclic
Contr ol
4
CollectivePitch Contr ol
4
Dir ectional Contr ol Pedals
.......,.9-....i~,
5
Flight
instr uments 5
Air speed
Indicator
r ....-....~.:a...
5
A
Altimeter 5
Compass
5
OAT Air
Temper atur e
Indicator . 5
Electr ical Power Supply System
5
Dir ect Cur r ent Power
System
5
Key to Cndr umer r t Panel 8
Electr ical Power Panel J
Lighting Equipment.
7
Position
Lights
7
Anti-Collision
Lights
I
Landing Light
7
Instr ument Panel Light 7
Radio 7
Gr ound
Handling
Wheels 7
Baggage Compar tment
7
Pr incipal Dimensions of F28k 8
F28A
Specifications
9
Related Publications and Dir ; L~ctives Lid i8-11
Ser vice
Suppor t
Items 12
Ser vice
Suppor t
Ite~ns 13
Special
Tools.,...., iJ
Special
Tools List :r p
SECTION 3 INSPECTIOPIS
Pr e-Plight Inspection
3
F28A Exter ior
F28A Inter ior 2
Exter ior
Inspection
3
Helicopter Inspection
and Lubr ication
CheckSheet Instr uctions 4
Lubr ication Char t 6
Helicopter Inspection
Sheet 6
Helicopter Inspection
Sheet 7
Helicopter Lubr icationSheet 8
Special inspections
F28A 9
dpecial Inspections Power plant i i
30
Lycoming
400Hour
Inspection i
10
Over haul Cycles Power plant
19
Limited Lifeand
Component
Over haul Lid
....i.1... --1-9
Shim Color Identification Char t 13!
Tor que
Data 13
Tor que
Data 14
Tor que
Data
b b i........,,......
15
Tor que
Data
i.................
16
F28 Special
Tor que
Data 16
~:Standar d
Tor que
Data 17
Standar d
Tor que
Data 18
Standar d
Tor que
Data 19
SECTION 4 WEIGHT AND BALANCE
Page
Infor mation 1
Weight
and Balance 1 I
Tools and
Equipment
1
Detailed Pr ocedur efor
Weighing
F28A 1
Detailed Pr ocedur efor
Weighing
F28A 2
B
Weighing
Illustr ation 2
Weighing
Illustr ation 3
Weighing
Pr ocedur e 4
Sample Weight
and Balance
Computation
5
Station
Diagr am
6
Weight
and Balance
Repor t
F-166
Air cr aft Actual
Weight Repor t
F-167
Air cr aft
Weight
and C/GCalculation F-168........... C6~
SECTION 5 POWER PLANT
Descr iption
1
Power plant
Installation and Unit Location
Diagr am
2
Engine Compar tment Right
Side Photo 3
Engine Compar tment
Left Side Photo............, 3
Specifications
4
Power plant Oper ations i
5
F-28A Nor mal
EngineStar ting
Pr ocedur es 5
F-28A
EngineStar ting Pr ocedur es,
Hot Condition 5
F=-28A Rotor
Engagement
5
F-28A
EngineWar mup
and Gr ound Chede 6
F-28A
Engine Cooling
and Shut Down Pr ocedur e 6
Oper ating
Limitations 7
Instr ument
Mar kings
8
Fuel
InjectionSystem 8
Descr iption
8
Field
Adjustments
8-9
Injector ,
Exter nal View
Diagr am
10
Fuel
InjectionSystemTr ouble-Shooting
Char t....-...., 11-12
Injection System Ser vice Notes 12
Gener al 12
Star ti
ng
12
Idling
13
Shutdown (Cut-Off) 13
Ignition System
t,,,
13
Gener al 13-14
5200
Magneto
and Associated Components
Photo.., 14
IgnitionSystem
Tr ouble
Shooting
Char t 1617
Ignition
17-18
Power plant Tr ouble-Shooting
18
Tr oubleShooting Engine
18-21
Inspection
of Fuel Ser vo Scr een 22
Fuel Distr ibutor Valve 22
C.
Oil Cooler 22
Oil Cooler and Duct installation Photo 23
Removal of Oil Cooler 23
Inspection
of Oil Cooler 94
Leakage
Checkof Oil Cooler 24
installation of Oil Cooler 24-25
Removal of Oil Scr een
Assembly
25
Inspection
of Oil Filter
Assembly
25
Engine
Exhaust
System
26
Descr i
ption
26
Removal of Exhaust
System
26
Inspection
of Exhaust
System
26
Installation of Exhaust
System
26
Cold Weather
Oper ation
Infor mation 27
Fuel
System
28
Descr iption
28
Main Fuel
System Diagr am
28
Removal of Exter nal Fuel Booster Pump 29
Installation of Exter nal Fuel
Pump
29
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump
29
Removal of
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump
29
Inspection
of
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump 29
Installation of
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump
30
Disassembly
of Fuel Str ainer 31
Cleaning
Fuel Str ainer Assembly
31
Inspection
of Fuel Str ainer
Assembly.........;
31
Assembly
of Fuel Str ainer 31-32
Removal of Fuel Tanks 33
Installation of Fuel Tanks 33
Pr ocedur e for Calibr ationof Fuel Tank
Gage
33
Leak
Repair
for F-28A
Fiber glass
Tanks 34
Removal of Fuel Contr ol Valve 35
Fuel Contr ol Valve Photo 35
Assembly
of Fuel Contr ol Valve 35
Filter Induction
System
36
Descr iption
36-37
Filter -induction
System Diagr am
36
Inspection
and
Ser vicing
Filter 37-38
Typical
Air Filter
Car tr idge
Photo 37
Cooling System 38
Descr iption
38
Fan
Assembly
38
Power Plant
Cooling System Diagr am
39
Removal 40
Mixtur eContr ol
Rigging
41
Mixtur eContr ol Removal 41
Thr ottleContr ol
Rigging
41-43
Page
Thr ottleand Mixtur eContr ol
Diagr am
42
Thr ottleContr ol Removal 44
SECTION 6 MAIN ROTOR HUB ASSEMBLY
Descr iption
1
Removal 2
Disassembly
2-3
Main Rotor Hub
Assembly Diagr am
2
Inspection
3-4
Damper Assembly
Photo 3
Assembly
4-6
Main Rotor Hub
Assembly
Photo 5
Installationof Main Rotor Hub on Shaft 6
Main Rotor Blade Retention
Assembly
6
Descr iption
67
Retention
Assembly
Photo 7
Removal 7
Retention
Assembly Diagr am
8
Disassemb(y
9
Assembly
9-11
Installation of Retention
Assembly
Photo 10
Notes on Lubr ication i...........:.. 11
Installation 12
Lamiflex
Bear ing Change
12
SECTION 7 MAIN ROTORTRANSMISSION
Main Rotor Tr ansmission 1
Descr iption
1
Main Rotor Dr ive
Assembly
1
Removal of Main Rotor Shahand Tr ansmission
Assembly
1-2
Main Rotor Tr ansmission 2
Disassembly
of Main Rotor Shaft
Assembly
2-3
Rotor Shaft andTr ansmission
Assembly Diagr am.....
3
Assembly
of Main Rotor Shaft Assembly
4-5
Pinion Shah 5
Removal and
Disassembly
56
Build-Up
and Installation 67
Main Rotor Pinion Shaft
Assembly Diagr am
7
Installation of Tr ansmission
Assembly
8
Pr ocedur efor
Checking Ring
and Pinion Backlash and
Rotor Mast Run-Out 8
Pinion
Assembly
Removal Photo 8
Main Tr ansmission
Ser vicing
Points Photo 9
Tooth Patter ns 10
Main Tr ansmission
Sight Gage
Photo 11
t
SECTION 8 BELT DRIVE SYSTEM Page I
Belt Dr ive
System
1
Clutch
Engagement System
1
Descr iption
1
Belt Removal Pr ocedur e 1-3
Idler
Pulley
and
Suppor t Assembly Diagr am
2
Belt Installation Pr ocedur e 3
Removal of-idler Assembly
fr om
Helicopter
4
Installation of Idler
Assembly
4
Disassembly
of Idler
Pulley
Fr omYoke 4
Assembly
of Idler
Puney
to Yoke 4
Removal, Disassembly
and
Inspection
of Belt
Roller
Assembly
1 4
Par t
Replacement, Assembly
and Installation of
Belt Roller Assembly
4
Belt Tension
Assembly Diagr am
5
1
Removal of Belt
Engagement
Mechaniwr fr om
Pylon
6,
Inspection
of Belt
Tensioning
Unit 6
Installation of Belt
Engagement
Mechanism......... 6
Clutch Contr ol Handle 6
JackStr ut and
Pulley Assembly
7
Removal of
Upper Pulley Assembly
7
JackStr ut and i)ulley Assembly Diagr am
8
Removal of JackStr ut ii..... 9
Inspection
of JackStr ut and Lower Pulley Assembly
9
Installation of
Upper Pulley Assembly
910
Installation of JackStr ut and Lower Pulley
10
Adjustment
Pr ocedur e 10-11
Clutch Contr ol
Adjustment Diagr am
11
Tr acking
Idler Pulley
12
Idler
Pulley System
Photo 13
SECTION 9 ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
AND COMPONENTS
Electr ical Systems
and
Components
1
I
Descr iption
1
Batter y
1
Electr ical
System
1
UV)
Removal of
Batter y
11
Batter y
Installation
Diagr am
2
Alter nator and
Voltage Regulator
2
i
Removal of Alter nator 2-3
Removal of Star ter 3
Alter nator and Staiter Location Photo 3
1
Removal of
Voltage Regulator
3.
Voltage Regulator Adjustment (NI-CAD Batter y)
4
1
Page
Electr ical Installation
System
4-5
Electr ical Installation
System
Locstions
Diagr am.:; .
5
Electr ical
System
6
Star ter Button 6
Electr ical
SystemTr oubleshooting
Char t........... 6-8
Night Flying Lighting System
8
Instr ument Lights
9
Night Lighting
Kit Installation
Diagr am
9
Night Flying Lighting
Installation
Tr oubleshooting
Char t 10
Lamp Replacement
Guide Char t 10
Flight Amper e
Load Conditions Table 11
Electr ical
Wir ing
Installation Panel
(Rear .View) Photo 12
Electr ical
Symbols Diagr am
13
Electr ical SchematicF-28A
Diagr am
14
SECTION 10 STRUCTURE
Str uctur e
1
Descr iption
1
Pylon Assembly
1
Inspection
of
Pylon Assembly
1 2
Cabin Assembly
2
Descr iption
2
Removal 2
Removal of Left and
Right
Door
Assembly......:..
4
To
Replace
Glass in Door s 4
Installation of Door
Assembly
4
Over head and Lower
Bay
Windows 4
Removal 4
installation 4
Windshields 4
Removal 4
Installation 4
Baggage Compar tment
5
Removal 5
Installation 5
Glass Enclosur es
Diagr am
5
Tail Cone
Assembly
6
Descr iption
6
Removal of Tail Cone
Assembly
6
Removal of Tail Cone
Tor que
Tube Extension 9
Assembly
9
L
Page
Landing
Gear
Assembly 9
Landing
Gear Removal 9
Landing
Gear Installation
...,.........-I 9
Landing
Gear
Assembly Diagr am
10
Skid Shoes 11
Descr iption 11
Removal 11
Installation 11
Gr ound
Handling
Wheels 11
Descr iption 11
Removal 11
Landing
Gear Attachments Photo 12
Wheel Bar and Gr ound
Handling (Lower ed
Position) Photo 12
Oleo Str uts 13
Descr iption 13
Pr oper
Placement of JackUnder Ver tical
Bolt Head Photo............., 13
Removal Fr om
Helicopter 13
Suppor t
in
Pr oper
Place When
Jacking Helicopter
For Removal of
Landing
Gear 14
Disassembly 14-16
Oleo Str ut
Assembly Diagr am
15
Assembly .16
Installation 16-17
Oleo Extension Photo 17
Inspections 17
Cor r osion Contr ol
18
Infor mation
18
Cor r osion Pr evention--Salt
Water /High Humidity
18
Cor r osion Pr oblems in
Agr icultur al Application ~18-19
Cor r osion on Aluminum
Alloys............,
19
Cor r osion on Alloy
Steels 19
Exter ior Sur face
Touchup
Tr eatment 19-20
Sur face
Touchup 20-21
SECTION 11 FLIGHT CONTROLS
Flight
Contr ols 1
Descr iption
1
Flight
Contr ol
System Diagr am 1:
Pilots CollectiveContr ol Stick 2
Removal 2!
Pilots CollectiveStick
Diagr am
2;
Installation 2-3
Collective Pitch Contr ol Stick 3
~-t
Page
Go-Pilots CollectiveContr ol Stick 3
Removal 3
Go-Pilots Collective Stick
Diagr am
4
Collective Tr im
System
4
Removal 4-5
Collective
8ungee
Tool InjtallationPhoto 4
Collective
8ungee System Diagr am...........
5
Rigging.
6
Installation 6
Location of Collective
Bungee
Photo 6
CollectiveContr ols
Diagr am
7
Cyclic
Pitch Contr ol Stick 8
CyclicSticks
8
Removal 8
Installation 8
Cyclic
Contr ols 9
Later al and
Longitudinal
Tr imMotor s Removal 9-11
Later al and
Congitudinal
Tr im Motor
Assembly
Photo 9
Later al and
Longitudinal
Tr imMotor
Assembly
Photo 10
Cyclic
and Collective Contr ol
Rigging
Pr ocedur e 11-13
Cyclic
Contr ol
System Diagr am-
12
Cyclic
Azimuth Check Ver ificationof
Rigging
14
Swashplate Assembly
14
Descr iption
14
Removal 14-15
Inspection
of Lower
Swashplate Assembly
15-17
Swashplate Assembly Diagr am
16
Assembly
of
Lower Swashplate
Unit 17
Removal and
Disassembly
of
Upper Swashplata
Unit 17-18
Swashplate Assembly
Photo 18
Inspection
of
Upper Swashplate
Unit 18
Assembly
of
Upper Swashplate
Unit 19
Main Rotor Blade
Tr acking
Pr ocedur e
....i.....
19-21
Pr ocedur e for
Setting
Autor otation 21
Main Rotor Dr ive
System
21
Main Rotor Dr ive
System
Vibr ation Tr ouble
shooting
Char t
t...
21-22
SECTION 12 FURNISHINGS
Fur nishings
II
Descr iption
1
-L
Page
-!:13
SECTION13 UTILIPI SVSTEMS
Utility Systems
1
I
Cabin
Heating System
1
Heater Shr oud
1
Valve Assembly
1
Tr oubleshooting
Cabin
Heating System
2
Cabin
Heating Diagr am
3
Car go
Hook
Diagr am
4
SECTION 14-INSTRUMENTS
Instr uments 1
Instr ument Panel.... 1
Descr iption
1-3
Instr ument Panel Photo 4
Instr uments and Systems Tr oubleshooting
Char t 5
Air speed
Indicator 5
Compass
5-6
Altimeter 67
Engine
and Main Rotor Tachometer Indicator 7
Fuel
Quantity Gage
7-8
Engine
Oil
Temper atur e
Indicator .; ....i... &9
Fuel Pr essur e and Oil Pr essur e
Gage
9
Cylinder
Head
Temper atur e Indicator ....... 910
Ammeter 10
Gea; box
Oil
Temper atur e
Indicator 10
Pitot-Static
System 10
Dexr i
ption 10-12
Pitot StaticSystem Diagr am
11
Pitot Tube 12
Instr ument Lines 13
Instr ument Lines 14
SECTION 15 TAILROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLV
Tail Rotor Dr ive
Assembly 1
Descr iption 1
Tail Rotor
Assembly
Photo 1
Removal of Tail Rotor
Assembly 2
Disassembly
of Tail Rotor
Assembly
2-3
Cleaning
Tail Rotor
Assembly
3-4
Tail Rotor
Assembly Diagr am
3
Assembly
of Tail Rotor
Assembly 4-5
Removal of Contr ol
Assembly 5
Tail Rotor Contr ol Photo 6
Disassembly
of
Bear ing Housing 7
J
Page
Reassembly
of
Bear ing Housing
7
Tail Rotdr Pedal Contr ols 7
Removal, Inspection
and installation 7
1
Tail Rofor Pec~l
Push-Pull Rods 7
Removal and
Replacement 7
Tail Rotor Mechanical Contr ~ls
Diagr am.......
8
Tail Rotor Bellcr ank 9
Removal and
ReCilacement 9
Tail Rotor : Gear Box Removal 9
Removal ....; ....1 --9
Disassembly
ofTail Rotor Gear Box 9
Removal and
Disassembly
of
Input
Shaft 9-11
Tail Rotor Gear Box
Assembly 10
Removal and
Disassembly
of
Output
Shaft 11
Tail Rotor Gear Box
Input Capsule
Photo. 12
Tail Rotor
Cable-lnspectio~
and
Replacement
i13
Tail Rotor OliveShaft
Assembly 13
Tail Rotor
~ableAfsembly Diagr am
14
Tools.and
Equipment Necessar y
to
Per for m
Oper ation 15
Removal ofTail Rotor Dr iveShaft,
Pillow
Assemblies, and Mechanical Tachometer 15
Inspection
ofTail Rotor Dr iveShah
Assembly~.......... 15-17
Tail Rotor i)r i~ie
Assembly Diagr am 16
Assembly
and Installationof Tail Rotor
Dr iveShahand Pillow Block
Assembly
17
Installation of Mechanical Tachometer 17-181
Alignment
of Tail Rotor Dr ive Shaft -3~.; ; ... 18
Final
Inspection
ofTail Rotor Dr ive
Assembly 18
Reinstallation.of Tall Rotor Dr ive
Assembly
18-191
Tail Rotor
System 19
Tail Rotor
Rigging
Pr ocedur e 19
Tail Rotor
Rigging
Photo 20
Tail Rotor Lubr ication Points Photo 20
Tail Rotor
Rigging
ToolPhoto 21
Tail Rotor
Balancing
Static 21
Tail Rotor Balance Photo 22
K
SECTION
MANUAL
PROCEDURES
SECTION
Manual Pr ocedur es
MM-1-1
INTRODUCTION
This Maintenance Manual is one of the
gr oup
of
publications
that
compr iseacomplete
infor mationfilefor theEnstr omF-28A
Helicopter
manufactur ed
by
the Enstr om
Cor por ation, Menominee, Michigan.
The infor mation
pr esented
is intended to
pr ovide
maintenance
per sonnel with infor mation and
pr ocedur es necessar y
to
r epair
and
maintaintheair cr aft in
flying
commission.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table of contents at
thebeginning
of the Manual
pr esents,
in
sequence,
the
pr incipal
text headings
within each
section, acomplete
listof
illustr ations,
also innumer ical or der .
MANUALARRANGEMENT
Infor mation is
pr esented by
text and illustr ations under section
heading.
The
descr iptive text far the
major systems
defines the
function, location,
and
physical
char acter istics.
Oper ating
instr uctions ar e included when
r equir ed
to
per for m specific
maintenance tasks. Instr uctions identify
and locate
switches, lights,
and indicator sand
give
nor mal
sequence
of
oper ation.
Maintenance
pr ocedur es ar e pr esented
as a
gr oup
in continuous
sequence;
a gener al
statement of the
type
of maintenance that can
be
per for med
is made at the
beginning
of each
gr oup.
Pr ocedur al
gr oups
containall or
par tofthe
following, as applicable:
Testing or oper ational
check
Tr oubleshooting
Adj
ustment
Removal
Cleaning
Inspection
Repair , par ts r eplacement,
or fabr ication
Par t
r epair , testing,
and
adjustment
Installation
Under each
type
of maintenance
heading
the
following
infor mation
is
pr ovided,
if
applicable:
Toolsand
equipment
Mater ials
Maintenance
pr ocedur es
AIRCRAFT EFFECTIVITY
The Manual is wr itten to include all
configur ations applicableto the
Enstr om
F-28A~Helicopter .
Air cr aft differ ences ar e deter mined
by
ser ial number and
appear
as effectivity
notes on affected
~illustr ations
and in r elated text. Wher e no effectivity notesappear ,
it
may
be
MM 1-2
assumed that the
configur ation
shown or discussed is
applicable
to
all air cr aft.
MANUALCHANGESAND REVISIONS
Subsequent to the
publication
ofthe initial issue ofthe Enstr om F-28A
Helicopter
Maintenance
Manual, changes
in air cr aft and
equipment,
in
suppor tconcepts
and in
pr ocedur es, as well as infor mation
developed
by exper ience,
affect the contents of the Manual. To ensur e that
cover age
in the Manual continijes to r eflect such
changes,
r evised
infor mation is r eleased
by one of the
following
methods:
A. Revision An alter ationof
por tions
ofthe Manual
accomplished
by
the
r eplacement,
addition and/or deletion of
pages.
CAUTION: Do not discar dthe
pr esent
Manual whenar evision
is r eceived.Consult the " A"
page
to deter mine
usability
of old
pages
to
pr event having
a
publi-
cation with
missing pages.
The " A"
page
that
accompanies
each r evision lists all
pages
r eplaced, added, or deleted.The Manual should be disassembled
and all affected
pages
r emoved and
destr oyed.
The
r eplacing
and added
pages
should then be inser ted andchecked
against
the
" A"
page
I isti
ng.
B. Reissue In
cases wher e
lar ge
number s of
changes ar e involved, a
complete
r eissue of the Manual is war r anted.
Pr eceding
issues of
the Manual then becomes obsolete and should be discar ded.
C. Ser vice Infor mation Notices and Letter s Ser vice infor mation
is to be.consider ed as
par t
of the Manual.
C.-l Ser vice Letter
To be used to tr ansmit infor mation,
r ecommendations and
gener al
ser vice instr uctions to the customer .
C.-2 Ser vice Note
To beused todir ectthecustomer to make
mandator y changes,
impr ovements or inspections to his air cr aft.
C.-3
Physical incor por ation
in the Manual of the ser vice infor -
mation will be
accomplished
at the next r evision date and
listed on the Ser vice Infor mation Summar y
page.
ALPHABETICALINDEX
The
alphabetical
index at the end of the Manual is the user s
pr imar y
guide
for
locating
infor mation.As such,
itis
ar r anged
to pr ovide r eady
access to
specific pr ocedur es. Subj:ects ar e listed
alphabetically.
Revised 8-1-74
SECTION
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION
2
Gener al Infor mation
MM-2-1
F-28A DESCRIPTION
One of the fir st
steps
in
obtaining
the utmost
per for mance, ser vice,
~nd flying enjoyment
fr om
your
F-28A is to familiar ize
your self
withits
equipment, systems,
andcontr ols.
THE HELICOPTER
The Enstr om F-28A
Helicopter
is
designed
for
high per for mance,
mechanical
simplicity,
and maximum
ver satility..By
vir tue of com-
ponent longevity
and minimum maintenance
r equir ements,
the F-28A
enjoys
the lowest
oper ating
cost of
any helicopter .
The
r ugged,
r otor head, combined with the (51Ibs.) r otor blades, give
unhear d-of
stability
and excellent autor otational char acter istics.
INTERIORARRANGEMENT
The cabin inter ior is afull, thr ee-place, side-by-sideseating ar r angement
with a spacious
61" width for maximum
pilot
and
passenger
comfor t
and
safety.
The wide choice of inter ior color
styling
is available to
complement any
exter ior combination. The instr ument
panel
is on
the hor izontal
plane
for mor e natur al
scanning
and is
conveniently
located for dual
pilot viewing. Simple,
clean contr ols blend
tastefully
into the inter ior . Excellent
visibility
is offer ed
thr ough
the clear
view tinted
Plexiglas wr ap-ar ound
windshield and door s to over head
and lower deckwindows. Extr a-width, swing-open
door s close
secur ely
with
simple-to-oper atesafety
lockhandles.
AIRFRAME
The air fr ame is
composed
of thr ee main sections: the tail cone
assembly,
cabin
assembly,
and
pylonassembly.
The tail cone assembly
is a semi-monocoque str uctur e and attaches
to the
pylon assembly
with thr ee bolts for
easy
r emoval and installa-
tion. The r ear of the tail cone
suppor ts
the hor izontal
stabilizer ,
tail r otor
gear
box,
tail
r otor ,
and tail r otor skid.
The cabin is fabr icated fr om molded
fiber glass
and is an integr al
unit.
It is attached to the for war d side of the
pylon assembly by
six bolts
and
encompasses
the str uctur al aluminum seat
por tionplus
instr ument
panel, cyclic, collective,
and tail r otor contr ols. The
wr ap-ar ound,
tinted
Plexiglas
windshield and full
glass door s, plus upper
and lower
deck
windows, pr ovide
for excellent
visibility.
The
extr a-width,
swing-open
door s close
sedur ely
with
simple-to-oper ate safety
lock
handles. The
helicopter can be flown with either
left, r ight, or both
door soff.
The
pylon
str uctur e assembly
is fabr icated fr om steel
tubing
and
houses the
engine,
the belt
engagement
and idler
assembly, clutch,
cooling fan,
fuel
tanks,
and main r otor dr ive
system.
A
skid-type
landing gear
attaches to the lower section at four
points.
Gr ound
handling
wheels ar e pr ovided
for
moving
the
helicopter , or can be
easily
r emoved. Four air -oil str uts soften
landing
loads and aid
MM-2-2
in
leveling
the
helicopter
whileonthe
gr ound.
AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM
The air induction
system
consists of a filter ed non-r am car bur etor
air intake located beneath the
engine compar tment.
It
incor por ates a
spr ing-loaded,
automaticalter nate air sour ce.
POWER PLANT
A
Lycoming
HIO-360-CIA-205 HP four
cylinder opposed engine
is
used in the F-28A
Helicopter .
The
engine
is deliver ed with
platinum
spar kplugs.
NOTE: It is r ecommended that the
appr opr iate Lycoming
Oper ator s
Manual be consulted
pr ior to
any adjustment
or r epair
tothe
engine.
OILSYSTEM
The
Lycoming engine employs
awet
sump
lubr ication
system.
It has
a capacity
of 8
quar ts.
A
bayonet-type
oil
quantity gauge
with
gr aduated mar kings
is
par t
of the oil tankfiller
cap
and is accessible
thr ough
the left-hand side
cowling
of the
engine. Engine
oil
cooling
is
accomplished by an oil cooler with ther mostaticvalves and
by-pass
pr ovisions.
It is located on the
r ight-hand
side of the
engine
compar tment.
Oil
System
Indicator s Oil
Temper atur e
andPr essur e
Gauges.
Standar d
type gauges
ar e
pr ovided
for both the
engine
oil
temper atur e
and oil
pr essur e
indications. Both
gauges
ar e mar ked to
pr ovide
visual
engine
oper ating
limitations and ar e located on the instr ument
panel.
ENGINE CONTROLS
Thr ottle. A
twist-gr ip type
thr ottle is located on the collective
pitch
contr ol stickfor dir ect contr ol of
engine power .
It is
manually
connectedto thefuel ser vo-thr ottlevalveonthe
engine.
Mixtur e Contr ol. A mixtur e contr ol
push-pull
contr ol knob is
pr ovided
on the center of the console. It is
pushed
in
dur ing
all
flight oper ations. Shutting
off the
engine
is
accomplished by placing
themixtur econtr ol in the IdleCutOff
position.
Magneto
Switch. The
magneto
switch is akey-oper ated
switch located
in the center of the instr ument
panel.
For
star ting, place
the switch
intheBoth position.
Star ter Button. The star ter button is located on the end of the
collectivecontr ol.Push to
engage.
Master Switch. The master switch is located on the instr ument
panel
next to the master switch cir cuit br eaker . It is a single-thr ow, two-
position
switch.
CABIN HEAT
The cabin heat contr ol is located at the left-hand side of the
pilots
seat, on
the floor .
By moving
the contr ol in or
out,
the
oper ator
MM-2-3
r egulates
the amount of cabin heat
thr ough
the
output
louver s located
inthecenter ofthefloor under theinstr ument
panel.
CLUTCHENGAGINGLEVER
The clutch
engagement
lever is located at the
r ight
side of the
pilots
seat on the for war d face of the seat str uctur e. The clutch lever is
pr ovided as a means of
engaging
and
disengaging
the r otor dr ive
system
FUELSVSTEM
The
system
consists of two inter connected fuel
tanks, which feed
simultaneously
to the
engine.
Each tankmust be filled
individually.
They ar e located on the left and
r ight
side of the air cr aft over the
engine compar tments.
The tanks ar e fabr icated of
fiber glass
and have
an individual fuel
capacity
of 15
gallons
each.Each fuel tankis
gr avity
fed to acentr al
distr ibuting
line which connects to theelectr icbooster
pump
and
engine
dr iven
pump.
The fuel contr ol valveis an off-on
type
and is located on the fir ewall next to the
pilots
left shoulder .Each
tankhas an individual dr ain valve in the bottom.Ther e is also a main
fuel filter located aft of the fir ewall in the
engine compar tment.
The
contr ol is on the
r ight-hand
side of the
engine compar tment
and
extends
beyond
the side
panel.
Auxilliar y-Fuel Pump
Switch. The fuel booster
pump
switch andfuel
pr essur ewar ning lightsar e locatedontheinstr ument
panel.
Fuel
Ouantity
Indicator . The fuel
quantity gauge continuously
indicates the total
quantity
of fuel; It is hooked
up thr ough asimple
typeliquidometer
float locatedinthe
r ight-hand
fuel tank.
Fuel Pr essur e Indicator . The fuel
pr essur e
indicator
pr ovides
PSI
pr essur e r eadings
of the fuel as deliver ed to the flow divider .\ The
indicator is mar ked for nor mal
oper ating r ange
fr om 0 12 PSI.
TRANSMISSION SVSTEM
The main tr ansmission unit
pr ovides
an 8.7871r eduction r atio
between the
engine
and the main r otor .Thetr ansmission
incor por ates
a
fr ee-wheeling
unit in the
upper pulley assembly,
which is mounted
on the
output pinion
shaft. The
fr ee-wheeling
unit
pr ovides a dis-
connect fr om the
engine
in the event of a
power
failur e and
per mits
the main and tail r otor s to r otate in or der to
accomplish
safe auto-
r otation
landings.
Five and one-half
pints
of No.90wt, oil ar e used in
the tr ansmission.The main r otor tr ansmission has a
sight gauge
which
is located on theaft
r ight-hand
sideandis visible
thr oughan opening
in
the
baggage compar tment.
A vent line is located on the for war d side
of the main r otor tr ansmission.Positive oil
pr essur e
is maintained, to
the main thr ust
bear ing, by
centr ifical for ce of the
r ing gear .
All other
bear ings ar e splash
fed.
Main Rotor Tr ansmission
Temper atur e
Indicator . A main r otor
tr ansmission
gauge
is located on the instr ument
panel
and is r edlined
at 2200F.
MM-2-4
Tail Rotor Tr ansmission. The tail r otor tr ansmission, a
r ight-angle
tr ansmission mounted at the aft end of the tail
cone, suppor ts
and
dr ives the tail r otor . The tail r otor tr ansmission tr ansmits
power
fr om
the tail r otor dr ive shaft to the tail r otor assembly thr ough
steel
spir al
beveled
gear s
housed in an aluminum
alloy housing.
The tail r otor
tr ansmission is
equipped
with a self-contained lubr icant
supply
and
level
gauge
at the r ear of the
housing
and a
magneticplug can be
r emoved to inspect
for metal
par ticles.
Its
capacity
is 5 oz, of No.
10I
oil.
Lar ge sight gauge
indicates full with
ship
leveled.
ROTOR SYSTEM
Main Rotor . The main r otor is athr ee-blade, fully
ar ticulated
system;
that
is,
the blades ar e
hinge-mounted
to be fr ee to lead-lag, flap,
and
feather . The
fully
ar ticulated
system
inthe F-28A
Helicopter pr ovides
smooth contr ol
r esponses
in all modes of
flight;
anddueto thekinetic
ener gy
stor ed inthe
heavy
r otor blades,
allows for
easy-to-per for m,
safe
autor otation
landings
in theevent of
power
failur e.Ther otor
assembly
is
mechanically simple
and consists of thr ee all-metal bonded
blades,
upper
and lower r otor hub
plates,
univer sal
blocks,
blade
gr ip
assemblies,
and lead
lag hydr aulicdamper s.
The excellent
hydr aulic
damper s gover n
the
lead-lag
motion and aid in the
dynamicstability
of the F-28A.
Tail Rotor . The tail
anti-tor que r otor counter acts the
tor que
of the
main r otor and functions to maintainor change
the
helicopter heading.
The tail r otor is a two-bladed, teeter ing, delta-hinge type assembly.
Each blade is connected to a common hub. Blade
pitch change
is
accomplished by
movement of the
pilots
dir ectional contr ol
pedals
that ar e connected to a pitch
contr ol
assembly
mounted on the tail
r otor 900
gear
box. This blade
pitch pr ovides
contr ol of
tor que
and
change
of dir ectional
headings.
Power to dr ive the tail r otor is taken
fr om the
input
shaft of the main tr ansmission.
Rotor Tachometer . The r otor RPM indicator is
par t
of adual-pur pose
tachometer whichalso r eads
engine
RPM.
Stabilizer . An
all-metal, fixed-position
stabilizer
adjusted to a
-40is
installedon thetail coneassembly
for
longitudinal stability.
FLIGHT CONTROLS
Cyclic
Contr ol. The
cyclic
contr ol stickis similar in
appear ance
tothe
contr ol stickof afixed-wing
air cr aft.Thedir ectionofstickmovement
r esults in a
change
of the
plane
of r otation of the main r otor and will
pr oduce a
cor r esponding
dir ectional movement of the
helicopter
thr ough
the
longitudinal
and later al modes of
flight.
The stick
gr ip
incor por ates atr igger -type
switch used for r adio tr ansmissions.A tr im
switch is also locatedon the
cyclic
stick
gr ip
tocontr ol the
longitudinal
and later al tr im for ces.
Collective Pitch Contr ol. The collective
pitch
contr ol lever is located
to the left of the
pilots position
and contr ols the ver tical mode of
flight.
The amount of lever movement deter mines the
angle
ofattack
Revised 8-1-74
MM-2-5
and the lift
developedby
the r otor blades and r esults in an ascent or
descent of the
helicopter .
A
r otating, gr ip-type
thr ottle is located at
theend ofthecollectivecontr ol.
Dir ectional Contr ol Pedals. The dir ectional contr ol
pedals ar e located
in the cabin for war d of the
pilot
and/or
co-pilot.
When
moved,
these
adjustable pedals change
the
pitch
of the tail r otor bladesand
ther eby
pr ovide
themethodof
changing
dir ectional
heading.
FLIGHT I NSTRUMENTS
The standar d
flight
instr uments which ar e installed in the F-28A as
basic
equipment comply
with the
r equir ements
under visual
flight
r ules for
day or night~oper ation.
The
panel ar r angement pr ovides
ease of visual obser vance and includes
space pr ovisions
for installation
ofadditional instr umentsto meet individual
r equir ements.
Air speed
Indicator . The
single-scale air speed
indicator is calibr ated in
MPHand
pr ovides an indicated
air speed r eading
at
any
time
dur ing
for war d
flight.
The
r eading
is obtained
by measur ing
the differ ence
between
impact
air
pr essur e
and thestaticvent.The
pitottube,
which
pr ovides
the
impact
air
pr essur e sour ce,
is locatedfor war dofthecabin
nose section. Staticair
pr essur e
for instr ument
oper ation
is der ived
fr omtwo staticvents located on either side of the r ail coneassembly.
The
openings
in the
pitot
tube and staticvent
por ts
must be maintain-
edobstr uction-fr ee and clean at all times for
pr oper
instr ument
oper ation.
Altimeter . The altimeter is a sensitive
type
that
pr ovides
distance-
height r eadings
fr om 0to 25,000
feet. The
long
hand in a
single
complete sweep
of the dial totals 1,000feet,
and the shor t hand
totals the thousands of feet altitude. The instr ument is vented to
thesamestatic
por t
ventsas theair speed
indicator .
Compass.
A standar d air cr aft
quality magneticcompass
is mounted
on the fr ont of the
cockpit
within
easy sight
of
pilot or co-pilot.
It is to be used in
conjunction
with a
compass
cor r ectioncar d located
adjacent
tothe instr ument.
Fr ee Air
Temper atur e
Indicator . The fr ee air
temper atur e
indicator
is a dir ect
r eading,
bi-metallic instr ument with a stainless steel
pr obe.
This instr ument
pr ovides
ambient
temper atur e
infor mation
which,
when
utilized,
will assist i-n
deter mining per for mance capabili-
ties of the
helicopter
at the
existing
climaticcondition.Theindicator
is located in the
top
ofthe
canopy.
ELECTRICALPOWER SUPPLYSYSTEM
Dir ect Cur r ent Power
System.
The basic
power supply system
is a
12-volt dir ect cur r ent
system,
with a
negative gr ound
to the
helicopter
str uctur e. A belt-dr iven alter nator is located on the aft
par t
of the
engine
and is used in
placeof a
gener ator .
One 12-volt
batter y
is
located in the
r ight-hand
side of the
pilots compar tment
and ser ves
as a stand-by power
sour ce supplying power
tothe
system
when the
alter nator is
inoper ative.
MM-2-6
-i~
I:
E
i
I:
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
~e
~R
KEY TO INSTRUMENT PANEL
1 Manifold pr essur e/fuel pr essur e
16
Engine
hour meter
2 Fuel
quantity
17 Clock
3 Oil
pr essur e
18 Panel
light
4 Main r otor
gear
box 19
Running lights
5 Oil
temper atur e
20 Anti-collision
light
6 Ammeter
21
Landing light
7
Cylinder temper atur e
22 Alter nator switch
8 Radio cir cuit br eaker
23 Panel
light
cir cuit br eaker
9 Altimeter
24
Running light
cir cuit br eaker
10
Air speed
25 Anti-collision
light
cir cuit br eaker
11 Rotor /engine
tachometer
26 Landing light
cir cuit br eaker
12 Panel
light
dimmer switch
27
Ignition
cir cuit br eaker
13
Ignition
switch
28 Instr ument CL cir cuit br eaker
14 Master switch and cir cuit br eaker
29 Tr im motor cir cuit br eaker
15 Fuel
pr essur e
indicator
and boost
pump
switch
MM-2-7
Electr ical Power Panel. The
following
switches and cir cuit-br eaker s
ar e located on the
r ight-hand
side of the instr ument console within
easy
r each of
pilot or co-pilot: landing light, navigation light,
positionlight, alter nator ,
instr ument
light,
andmaster switch.
LIGHTINGEOUIPMENT
The basic
helicopter
is
equipped
with the
r equir ed lights necessar y
for
VFR
night oper ation plus
additional
lighting equipment
for
utility
and
convenience
pur poses.
The electr ical
panel on the
r ight-hand
side of
the instr ument console contains the
pr otective
cir cuit br eaker s and
contr ol
panels
for the
lighting equipment.
Position
Lights.
Two
position lights
ar e located one on either side of
the for war d cabin str uctur e and two
lights ar e located aft of the
stabilizer on thetail cone.
Anti-Collision
Lights.
The anti-collision
lights
have a
r otating,
flashing
action that
pr ovides
for
adequate
identification of the
helicopter .
One anti-collision
light
is located on
top
of the
fuselage
aft of the
cabin,
and the other
light
is located for war d of the cabin
str uctur e under the
pilots compar tment. They ar e oper ated by
the
anti-collisionswitchlocatedon the
panel.
Landing Light.
The
landing light
is of the
per manent
extend
type
and
is mounted on the
under s~pe
of the cabin str uctur e and setin the
desir ed
angle
for the best for war d illumination. The switch for
oper ation
of the
landing light
is located on the instr ument
panel
in
theelectr ical consolesection.
Instr ument Panel
Lighting.
Thr ee
lamps
located under the
glar e
shield
give
maximum
visibility
withminimum
glar e.
RADIO
The r adio is located on the
r ight-hand
side of the instr ument
panel.
A cir cuit br eaker is located to the
r ight
of the r adio.A tr ansmission
switch is located on the
cyclic
stick. The r adio
jack
box is located
on the for war d face of the fir ewall behind the
pilots r igHi-hand
shoulder .
GROUND HANDLINGWHEELS
Eac~i
landing gear
skid tube Ras
pr ovisions
for
easily
installed Id~bing
gear
wheel assemblies. Each
assembly
has a manually oper ated~ver -,
center ing
device to lift the skids for ir istallation of the wheel~or
r etr acting
them for
flight.
ihe
gr ound handling
wheels should be
r etr acted and the
helicopter
allowed to r est on the skids when en~ine
r un-up
is
being peifor medor when
helicopter
is
par ked.
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Thkcompiar tmenr for
stor age
of
baggage Is pr ovided
in the tail cone
asse~nbly
aft of the
engine compar tment.
Access to the ar ea iS
thr ough
a single
door located on the
r ight-hand
side and has a lock
for exter nal
locking.
The
capacity
of the
compar tment
is
appr oxi-
i; : mately
10cu. ft.and has an allowable
loading capacity
of 60Ibs.
O
=I
C,
f
P
3
54.5"
O
u,
336" (28.0)
O
-h
r ,
s
(p
219" (18.25)
m
3
192" (16.0) RADIUS
a
3.,
n
r ;
201
Si4TIC
DROIP
i 0
48.7" MAX.FWD.C.G.
o
23" STATIC
h
I::
b
o
z.o"
b
93.75" (7.81
.-.-_
I1
l.o 72" (6.0) MIN.DROOP
~1[
73.5" (6.125)
MAX.AFT C.G.
ii
4.0
1
cc-----------337"
(28.083)---------------
1
96" (8.0)
i
78.63 16.55.)
1
351.6..(29 3.)
3:
do
38" (7.333!
MM-2-9
F-28A SPECIFICATIONS
Power Plant
Type Lycoming Opposed
Designation
H10-360-CIA
Cylinder s
4
Nor mal
power
205 HP
Nor mal RPM 2900RPM
Specific
fuel
consumption
.5 Ibs.
hp/hr .
Weight
322 Ibs.
Oil 8
qts.
15 Ibs.
Per for mance
Maximum
speed 112V,,
Best r ateofclimb 58 m.
p.
h. I.A.S.
Nor mal fuel
capacity
30U.S.
gal.
176 Ibs.
Rateofclimbatsealevel 950FPM
Hover ing ceiling
IGE ft. 5600
Oper ating
RPMs
Engine
.2900
Tail Rotor 2365
Main Rotor 330
Main Rotor Autor otation
Range
313 385
Ratios
Lower to
upper pulley
1:1.226
Main Rotor Gear Box 1:7.154
Tail Rotor Gear Box 1:1
Engine
to mainr otor 8.7871
Dimensions
Width (over all)
28 2"
Rotor diameter 32
Height (over all)
9
Length (over all)
29 4"
Cabinwidthatseat 61"
Tr ead
Landing Gear
7 4"
Rotor
System
Number of blades 3
Chor d each 9.5"
Discar ea 804sq.ft.
Main r otor RPM 330
Tail r otor diameter 4.67
Number ofblades 2
Chor d 3.375"
NOTE: Listed ar e publications
and dir ectives consider ed helpful
when used in
conjunction
with this manual.
r
UNIT
NUNIBER TITLE ADDRESS
m
Engine
60297-12 Oper ator s
Manual Lycoming
Division
H10-360 Williamspor t,
Penn.
C
Fuel injection
15-3388 Fuel
Injection
TheBendixCor por ation r
System
Systems
Aer ospace
Division
Bendix Pr oduct
South Bend20,
Indiana
Z
v,
Fuel Pump Boost
8110 Maintenanceand WeldonTool Co.
Over haul of 3000Woodhill Road
2
Weidon Pumps Cleveland,
Ohio 44104
ignition
TheABCsofthe The BendixCor por ation ~J
Bendix Shower of Syntilla
Division
Spar k Sydney,
New Yor k -I
Vibr ator
L-557 Over haul and The Bendix Cor por ation
Maintenanceof Syntilla
Division
r
Vibr ator Sydney.
New Yor k
UNIT NUMBER TITLE ADDRESS
Magnetos
L-609-1 Installation.
TheBendix
Cor por ation
Oper ation, and SyntillaDivision
Maintenance
Sydney,
New Yor k
instr uctionsfor the
8-1200Ser ies and
S-200
Magnetos
Voltage Regulator
ASF-7201
Alter nator ALY-8403
Star ter M2-4206 Test Pr estolite
Specifications
P.O.Box 931
Toledo, Ohio 43601
Batter y (OPS) CA-15 Instr uction SonotoneCor por ation
Manual
Batter y
Division
Elmsfor d, N.Y.10523
Batter y (STD) AC78M Exide Power
Systems
P.O.Box 5723-C
Philadelphia,
Pa. 19120
SERVICE SUPPORT ITEMS
Availablefr om
Specification
Item Enstr omCor p.
Sour ce
Aer oshell 14 Gr ease 5 Ib.can Shell Oil Company
1 Ib.can P.O.Box 120
Tulsa,
Oklahoma74100
Aer oshell 16 Gr ease 5 Ib.can Shell Oil
Company
MILE-25760 1Ib.can P.O.Box 120
Tulsa,
Oklahoma74100
Aer oshell " W" EngineOil Quar t or case Shell Oil Company
Aviation
gr .
80 Winter P.O.Box 120
Aviation
gr .
100 Summer Tulsa,
Oklahoma74100
SAE 10W Oil Quar ts Shell or Texaco Oil Co.
MILH5606A Hydr aulic
Oil Gallon Texaco Oil
Company
HD-SAE80-90 Gear Oil 38 Ib.can Mobil Oil
Company
1547 S.38thStr eet
DTE-Summer ClutchOil 1
pt.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53215
Ar cticC-Winter ClutchOil 1
Pt.
L-45 Gr ade20 Damper
SiliconeOil 1/2
pt.
UnionCar bide
10421W.Seven Mile Rd.
Detr oit, Michigan
Availablefr om
Specification
Item Enstr omCor p.
Sour ce
MGH10Mir r or Glaze Plastic 8 oz.bottle Van DuzenCompany
Polish 1/2
gal.can
A/CSupplies
CA 151PL Car bur etor 1each
Air Filter
AC-A53C
AC
AFD-5
Pur olater
Automotive Supply
AndokB Gr ease
1/2 Ib.can
HumbleOil Company
P.O.Box 1353
Houston, Texas 77001
MRn-2-~4
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
5~
SPECIAL
TOOLS
MM-2-15
SPECIALTOOLS LIST
NOTE:
Special
tools
may
be
pur chased
fr om The
Enstr om
Cor por ation, Menominee, Michigan,
Attn: Par ts
Depar tment.
Item Nomenclatur e
Par t No.
1 Wheel Bar , gr ound handling T-3001
2
Wr ench,
28-14256 thr ust nut
T-0003
3
Wr ench,
28-14001r etention nut
T-0004
7 M/R Tr ack
Kit,
3 r eflector s
T-0008
8 Pin Guide, M/R Blade
T-0009
9 Wr ench, Tr ans Pinion Nut
T-0010
10 Hoisting Sling, 3,000
Ib.
capacity T-0011
11 Tail Rotor
Rigging
Tool
T-0012
12
Socket,
r etention thr ust nut
T-0013
13 Gr ease
Injector Adapter T-0014
14 Wr ench
Damper
Shaft
T-0015
15 Wr ench Swash Plate Gimbal
T-0016
16
Hoisting Eye T-0017
17 Mandr il
Assembly
T/R
Balancing T-0019
18 Wr ench T/R Box
Input
Nut
T-0020
19 Retainer Collective
Spr ing Capsule T-0022
21 Tab Bender
T-0026
22
Gage,
Tab
Angle T-0027
23
Wr ench,
Tail Rotor
Spindle T-0033
25 M/R
Spindle
Sleeve
Bonding T-0035
26
Blade Gr ip
Seal Tool
T-0036
28 Wr ench Retention Nut (new type) T-0048
30 Pinion Nut Wr ench
T-0053
Revised 3/22/72
SECTION
INSPECTIONS
SECTION
3
Inspection
Pr ocedur es
MM-3-1
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION
This checklist is
designed
to be used as a r efer ence
guide
while
per -
for ming
the
pr eflight inspection.Thor ougly
familiar ize
your self with
this Manual befor e
utilizing
thischecklist.Pr ior to
star ting
the
complete
pr eflight inspection,
checkthe
following
items in the
cockpit: batter y
switch
OFF, magneto
switch
OFF,
all other switches
OFF,~fuel
valve ON.
F-28A Exter ior
CAUTION: Removeall cover s and
locking
devices
1. Checklefthanddoor for
secur ity.
2. Checkwindshieldfor cr acks.
3. Check
pitot
tubefor obstr uctions.
4. Check
landing lights,
beaconand
navigational lights
for
oper ation
and
secur ity.
5. Checkir r ductionintake
scoop
for
obstr uctions,
6. Check
r ight
hand shock
str ut-piston
extension should be 3/0" to
13/4!fr om r ed line-str uts clean and tir es
pr oper ly
inflated.
7. Check
r ight
hand
landing gear
for
secur ity.
8. Check
r ight
handdoor for
secur ity.
9. Dr ainfuel
sump.
10. Check
r ight
hand
enginecompar tment.
11. Checkair intake
scoop
for obstr uctions.
12. Check
r ight
hand fuel tank FULL 100/130octane
cap
secur ed.
13. Checkmain
gear
box oil level.
14. Check
baggage
door locked.
15. Check
r ight
handstatic
por t opening
unobstr ucted.
16. Checktail conefor
gener al
condition.
17. Checktail r otor dr iveshaft for
secur ity.
18. Checkstabilizer for
secur ity.
19. Checkleft and
r ight position lights
for
oper ation
and
secur ity.
20. Checktail r otor pitch
links for
binding or looseness. Checktail
r otor blade for
secur ity
and
leading edge
for
nicks, bonding
separ ation
and
gener al secur ity.
21. Checktail r otor guar d
for
damage
and
secur ity.
22. Checklefthandstatic
por t opening
unobstr ucted.
23. Checkmain r otor blades for
nicks, bonding separ ation or
looseness.
24. Checkmain r otor pitch
linksfor
binding or looseness.
25. Check
cyclic
andcollective
walking
beams for
secur ity.
26. Checkblade
damper s
for
pr oper secur ity
and oil level.
27. Checkleft hand fuel tank FULL 100/130octane
cap
secur ed.
MM-3-2
28. Check
engine
oil 6
quar ts minimum,
8
quar ts
maximum.
29. Checkfuel
system
for leaks.
30 Checkexhaust manifoldfor cr acksand looseness.
31. Check
engine
for oil leaks.
32. Checkbeltdr ive
system.
33. Checkleft hand shock
str uts-piston
extension should be 3/0" to
13/4" fr om r ed line-str uts clean and tir es
pr oper ly
inflated.
34. Checklefthand
landing gear
for
secur ity.
F-28A Inter ior
1. Checkand
adjust
r udder
pedals.
2. Checkseat beltsfastenedor stowed.
3. Door s latched.
4. Set collectivefull down.
5. Checkclutch
disengaged.
6. Checkthr ottleCLOSED.
7. Checkmixtur eIDLE CUT OFF.
8. Checkfuel valveON.
9. Check
magneto
switchOFF.
10. Radio switches OFF.
11. Set master switchON.
12. Checkfuel
quantity.
13. Checkfuel
pr essur ewar ning light (pr ess to test).
14. Checktr immotor sfor
oper ation.
15. Checkcontr olsfor fr eedomof
oper ation.
16. Set altimeter .
MM-3-3
&13~B
ii
; ; li
I
j
C
I A~
r
i
i
r i
r
\I
1
vI
i" 19t
IIi
di
I
i
fdi
1 :Iiii
ii
i
i5~::k; .
IC,
E
,x" r r
n
I
I!
1? , I
i i XI.8.~
f ti
tid
,F
Ii
1 j
r
ij
I
ii j:\k
it
t:;
e
ti
s,B
Zhaa-
~i
_
I/
EXTERIOR INSPECTION
MM-3-4
HELICOPTER INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION CHECK
SHEET I NSTRUCTIONS
These checksheets ar e
designed
to be used as a " Refer ence Guide"
when
per for ming inspections;
the sheets when
completed may
be
kept as a
per manent par t
of the
helicopter s r ecor ds. Adher ence to
Maintenance Manual infor mationis
mandator y
andshouldbeconsulted
when
utilizing
this checksheet.Each
per iodicinspection
includes
ever y
pr eceeding inspection;
the 100hour
per iodic inspection
includes
all 50and 100hour items. A
complete
lubr ication checksheet
must
accompany
the
signed inspection
checksheet.
OVERRUNNINGCLUTCHSERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Thr ee scr ews ar e pr ovided
in the
flange
of the
over r unning
clutch.
Tur n clutch until two scr ews ar e hor izontal and the thir dscr ew is
above. Remove the
top
and one of the bottom scr ews. Oil should
seep
out of lower hole.If oil does not
seep out,
add oil
thr ough top
hole with a
spr ing-type
oiler .Refer encelubr icationchar t
page
MM-3-6.
REMOVE
O1L LEVEL
UNSCREW TO
CHECK
OVERRUNNINGCLUTCH
LUBRICATION CHART
(QI
U
/o
" ~liO
o O
100HOURS 25 HOURS
MM-3-6
ENSTROM HELICOPTER LUBRICATION CHECK SHEET
Ser ial Na. chulll~l
N 411dr l~
Total Time:
Engine
Air fr ame
25 !10 IIW P,r i~r lil: SI*SiJI
Lubr icate the following items ar r fated. See lubr ication cnar t in Maintainance Mantlal far exact ler vice; loint~.
1
3-~ ~-IZr
~E
r c6 t6
DESCRIPTION i..
1-
:I
I r ~y:t
C
OESCRIPIION
PH P1
r
Zu I: z:
GREASE: AEROSHELL14 (G-403) SAE 10W
2 TilRotor Couplinpl 100
1 I It Tail Rotor Gear Box (Changc) 5 or . 100
1 I I I
2 Clutch FlaxCable 100
2 GwndHandling Whul IHand PeLI 100
NOTE: Ua2 dr opoil on(I contr oh 100
Hingn.Locb.Ctsha 100 Voidr opoil onTr homnr Shaft 100
2 TailRotor (Lubr iutsl 25
2 TailRotor r Pu~) 50 HYDRAULICO1L MIL-H-5606A
18 Main Rotor HubILubnonl 25 PETROLEUM BASE
18 Main Rotor Hub(Pur gal 100
4
LandingGalr Str ut. AWur equind
3 Main Rotor Bum 25
1
Dr ivoSyatamLo~nr Gtr utBur inp 25
5 Tail Rotor Dr ivaShmBr ingl ZY AEROSHELLGREASE 16 SPEC.
MIL-G-25760A
1 BltRol*r 100
GEAR LUBRICATE: MOBILOILEP
SAEBO-90
ENGINE LUBRICANT
Addoil
t MainRmor Cr Bor IChanpa)
tOO Tamp. SinpleViu. Multi-Vir c.
nquind.
Nor mal upr ity 5W pintl
(Aboa60F.) 50 40-50
Cr ainand
SOCONY-MOBIL.SUMMER- DTE HEAVYI
30 BOF. 40 40
r efill
MEDIUM OIL WINTER ARTIC " C"
D -70F. 30 400r 20/30 mr y50
hoon.
1 OmRunningClutd, 100
FUEL AVIATIONOCTANE
1M)/t9O.30pallon.sapcity
Revised 8-1-74
MM-3-7
ENSTROM HELICOPTER INSPECTION SHEET
Sar ial No. Ovr ner
N L~ddr ess
Total Ti~llc:
Lnllillr Cir cle type of insDection:
Air tr alnP
50100Per iodic Special
S: P-14=I 16: ~Ei9-
-c- cc cc r E^
:9
CO
N4TURE OF INSPECTION NITURE OF INSPECIION
%:C
:D I:I
~PP
z: r , I: m;
MAIN ROTOR GROUP I I I Raor d Eompnaion check: 100
II) IZ) 191 14)
Inr pest r otor head for fr eedom...sr ur l or (00
other damage. I I I I Checkalter nator min belt andom X" def*ctiom.
50
In~psf mathplanfor Iso~ivawear . too I I I Checkcooling tanfor loneor bent bledn
(00
lntpast dr ive ~yltsm componantr for cr acks or other 100
1 I I Chackfanhubtor cr sdcl.
100
dmepa.
Check
oil coder and linsl for sr adu.leaka and
50
Inr past main r otor bladafor ~cr atcheo.nntholaat 50
Iwonar anddehr ir andobmunion.
tip obanuction leading edps for exceoius mar
andbmion. Checkengine cooling hr oudfor cr ackr andloaansu
100
Dmpn: Checkfor avidence for ion of fluid and 100I I I Checkair filter ammhly.clean and r eplace filnr
100
attach poinn for ssur ity.
car tr idge.
Chackr otor blade tr ack.if necanar y. (00
100 Checkengine br eather for ob~tr uction
Chackdr ag linb for looeaner a. 100
Chackpitch ar ml for loaenen and r cur ity. 100
1 I CABIN GROUP
Checkpur hgull r oQfor clr na. 100
Checkuatbsltl for nr hmntand
Checkmain r otor pitchlint,for hinding andlooennr 100
(W
Chsdcslutckanpspsmsnt
1W CheckMindr ivaclutchcontr ol r yr (am. (00
Checkall cmtr ol~for tr elom.
Checkmain collactin fr nmr hear ing for fr eedom 100
100
ISealad Baar inp)
inspect windhieldfor cr ack.dtr ior ation.
50
CheskDynaf1ex BUlhinp, Ir od and in lomr p~nh 1M) I I I
In~pstdoor hr dr vn.attachmentr andcr ackr
1 (00
pull dog infor detar iontion.l
EXTERIOR FUSELAGE GROUP
POWER PLANT GROUP
Cheer pitot tube for obnr ucfionand scur ity. 100
Checkbaffln for cr sskl and tight fit to sylind~r r 100
Checkcylindnfor cr ackedor br okenfinl. 100 I I CheckT/R sabla for mar and pr oper tmion.
100
Checkair sntr lncs~ander itl for defor mity. 10D I I I Checkoper ation of navigation lighn: landing liphtl 50
and bUMI.
Remove and clean fuel Er sn.fuel mo. (00
CheckMpneto~for timing and lyns.cheer point 1W
impact all mldadtubemustunafor local cor r oaion
100
end cr acka.
openinp.Checkr etar d for opar ation.
Checktell r otor guar d attachment and tube for
(00
Checkangina mounting boltl and buhhnn, for ~s 100
cr ackl and loor snn*
cur itv.
Checkr par kplug aIbom and hieldinp nun for 100
Checktail cone and nabilinr r smMy for ocur ity
100
and ufny.
lwr enen.
Cr ain and r efill oil lump. 1 501 I I
npestallsowlinp for attachmenn.in~pstir lcoopl. 100
Ramon and clean oil ucr nnr . 50
Cr ain and claan main fuel Itr ainsr .and checktusl
501
TAILROTORGROUP
vents
Chacktail r otor dr in Ihatt Iplim couplingl for 50
Checkintaka and sluun lyr tam~for r ecur ity and 50
1 I excenin pnar laakr .
IaakI.
Pull and plup in tail r otor tnn~- 100
Checkmuffler for
cr eckr .
50
minion.-lr
Inr pectanlinefor oil leakage.
50
I Chssle 1etsr inll br in(ll for r ouphnon.
50
Inr pect r afaty win, of all dr ain plum and cown. 50
1 I I Checkblade condition for damage.sr r k.and bond 1 50
In~pect iniactor unit and fual line connactiona. 50I I I ing.
Checkanginasontr ob for tr ar sl and fr r opar ation. 501 I I Checkhub for tacur ity to I~h. 50
Rplr e or clean r per kplum.
1001 I I To impact feathsr ing bar ing~for br inelling and
luhr isation, dimonnct pitch lint.and r otate hlada
50
Checkignition har mer for br aakr . 100
2 or 3 tur nr .
Chackr phar ical bear ingl.r od end in lowar puh pull dog infor claar anss
For m No.F170
on Iphar isal diameter .
MM-3-8
CZ
~E a:
E
c.1~6
FE^:P :p
NATURE OF INSPECTION
zas c; le~
NATURE OF INSPECTION
r
,r
I~
HHb
o
TAILROTOR GROUP (continued) I I I I Chair tail r otor guboxoil ler eI Daily
Chs~tail r otor nssle it
neossar y. 100I I I
C? edcMinpsubox oil *uel Daily
Chc~tail r otor contr ol for r ippinp if neossr y. 1001 I I for oil Iee*apaonlor ~l.pl(mahp*ana). 100
Inspect tr mtfer on contr ol yo*efor ass of
501 I I Inr pM input pinion dr ir e ul to~ba*ge. 100
mor ament.
LANDING GEAR GROUP
ELECTRICALGROUP I I I I Ched( landinp 0aer
for cr adu in r ~ldass.bolts at 1W
all aMsh adpir ot pints for xopinmn.
Inr pnall electr ical r ir i~for pmsl conditionand 100
pr op mchongs.
Inr par r aplataaPiLfa~aPinmu Ir plaes 100
sncsnar y.
Chss~r adio and instr uments for pr opr opr ation. 100
Impact landinp mar ola.attach points.oil laar lg. 100
ChacLbatter y for 501 I I cor r osion ad pr oper
extension. ISs Maintananca
Msnuil)
Chskbatter y ter ninals. 50
Chss* batter y for *r tr olytlendspecificpr avity only 501 I I BELT DRIVE GROUP ASSEMBLY
it laad+idbattsr y i imta(lad.
50
I I Chc~fr ee whr linp clutch for smptb opsr stion. 1W
For NisadRanninSI*Mnufastur slnstr uctiom
Chair conditionof dr ive belt adstpr oper tamion.
100
TRANSMISSION GROUP
CMe belt r ollafor pr oper clear ance. 50
Chec* nugnotic plug in main r otor tr amr nission. 100
Cbah jr h str ut tor lspmionot bondandvald
100 Chsde condition of
pear teeth in main r otor tr ah 100
ar sas Raplr aasper atad or sr astad.
r miuion.(SeaMaintanacaManuall
NOTES: Each poensir s inqMioninolvds mar y pcadi~impction (xlmpk: the 100hour inspection includes all 50and (00hour
i(smJ.IZ) A complatd bbr isotion r haet must r company the lipnedinapostion for m
It is csnitiadmat this helicopter hsbeen thor ouphly intpestsdpr hndboo~of msincanncs intr uetnns end found to be lir nor thy.and
eppr opr ietaentr iamade in thahalicoptar l logboo~. It is tur ther car tified that the hlicopter confor mm to FAA Ipsifiutian.mat 1II FAA
air wor thinss dir eainaad micebullatim hnabancompl*d ~im.and the helicoptell ppr nme in
pr opr or dar .
MECH.SIG. RATING
DATE PILOT SIG.(ifr squindl
MM-3-9
SPECIALINSPECTIONS
F-28A
Helicopter
Item
Par agr aph
NOTE: Pr ior to over haul of
any
vendor
component,
itis
suggested
thatanup-to-date
manufactur er s manual beobtained.
MM-3-1c
SPECIALINSPECTIONS POWER PLANT
INSPECTION RECOMMENDATIONS FOLLOWING OVERSPEED
OF AVCOLYCOMINGENGINES(Ref.Ser vice Instr uctionNo.
1023C,
May 19, 1967.)
The
engine
Model HIO-360-C1B
over speed
limitationis 3200
RPM,
and
it is r ecommended that the
following inspections
be
per for med.
For
engines
that have not exceeded the
over speed limitation, no
inspection
is
r equir ed.
Engines
thathaveexceededthe
over speed
limitationshouldber emoved
fr om the air cr aft,
disassembled and the
par ts completely inspected.
Replace
all
par ts
that ar e not within maximum ser vice limitsas shown
in Avco
Lycoming
Ser vice Bulletin No.268. In
engines
that
employ
dynamiccounter weights,
the
bushings must be
r eplaced
in both the
counter weights
and the cr ankshaft.
Engine must have
connecting
r od
bolts and nuts r eplaced.
LYCOMING400HOUR INSP~CTION
In addition to the items listed for
daily pr e-flight,
50hour and 100
hour
inspections,
the
following
maintenance checkshould be made
after
ever y
400hour s of
oper ation.
Valve
Inspection.
Remove r ocker box cover s and checkfor fr eedom
of valver ocker swhenvalvesar eclosed. Lookfor evidenceofabnor mal
wear or br oken
par ts
in the ar eaof thevalve
tips,
valve
keeper , spr ings
and
spr ing seats. If
any
indications ar e found,
the
cylinder
and all of
its
components
shouldber emoved
(including
the
piston
and
connecting
r od
assembly)
and
inspected
for fur ther
damage. Replace any par ts
that do not confor mwith limits shown in thelatest r evisionofSer vice
Bulletin No.268.
OVE RHAULCYCLES
POWER PLANT
Component Over haul At
Lycoming Engine 1000hr s.
(Ref.
Lycoming
letter 1009M dated 3/6/68)
LIMITED LIFE AND COMPONENT OVERHAULLIST
NOTE:
Components
listed shall be r emoved fr om the
helicopter
at the
per iods specified,
in accor dance with FAA
r equir ements
as
they ar e limited life
items, Over haul of
components
must be
accomplished
in accor dance with the manufactur er s instr uctions.
MM-3-11
Par t Life Over haul
Cycle
Nomenclatur e Par t No. (hour s) (hour s)
Main Dr iveBelt 675-L35 or
LD-719 1200
Belt Idler 600
Pulley Bear ing (MRC-202ZZ)
Swash Plate MRC5201SEKZZ 1200
Bear ings
New
Depar tur e
Z993L13X3B 1200
Damper Assembly
28-14264 500
Tail Rotor 28-15120 4500
Blade
Assembly
BeltStr ut 99608X3B 600
Bear ings (upper )
Lycoming engine
1000(Ref.
Lycoming
letter
1009 M dated
9/6/68)
NOTE: Pr ior to over haul of
any
vendor
component,
it is
sugge~ted
that an
up-to-date
manufactur er s manual be obtained.
MM-3-12
SHIMS COLOR IDENTIFICATION CHART
INFORMATION: The
following
color
codeing
is used on all
plastic shims
usedonthe F-28A
Helicopter .
.0005 .001 .0015
Silver Amber
Pur ple
.002 .003 .004
Red Gr een Tan
.005 .0075 .010
Blue Tr ansmatte Br own
.0125 .015 .020
Black Pink Yellow
.025
.030
Solid
Cor aI
White
MM-3-13
The following
infor mation defines the for mulas and methods used to calculate
tor que
when an adapter
is used on the wr er Methods of
physically applying
for ce to the wr ench ar e discussed with the a,.., of
eliminating er r oneous
r eading
and
tor que.
When adapter s or extensions ar e to be utilized,
do not use a tor que wr ench
constr ucted so that the
position
oftheappliedloadcan bevar iedonthefr ameor
handle.
EFFECTIVE LENGTH, WRENCHAND ADAPTER 1L A)
.i
--------L
90"
Tw
sr
Ta( v ~TI Ijl
Effective
length,
wr ench and adapter
EFFECTIVE LENGTH, WRENCHAND CURVED ADAPTER (L A i
i
90
6
Effective
length, wr ench with cur ved
adapter
(L A)
TW: Scale r eading on wr ench.
Ta: Tor que (for ce at end of adapter ).
A:
Length
of adapter .
L: Length
of wr ench lever .
F: For ce
C: Conver sion constant
to obtain-
Tor que pr oduced at the end of
adapter , calculate as follows:
Ta= (L+A)xF
Tw
to obtain- For ce
r equir ed on wr ench handle,
calculate as follows: F
Ta Tw x (L+A)
to obtain-- Tor queat endof theadapter ,
calculateas follows:
NOTE: The
length
of the
adapter
will incr ease the
capacity
of the wr ench in
dir ect
pr opor t
its r elation to thefixed
length
ofthewr ench.
MM-3-14
EFFECTIVE LENGTH, WRENCHWITHOFFSET ADAPTER i
L2 A2
A2
-1-
L2-
90"
:Ii1
LI------------l
Effective
length,
wr ench with offset
adapter
(Lp A21
Valves listed apply only to cadmium plated bolts and nuts coated with
molydisulphide.
2. Bolts, washer s, and the sur faces
they
bear on shall be clean, dr y, and fr ee of
lubr icant.Par tslubr icatedatthe
factor y
neednotbe cleaned befor e installation.
3. In some cases,
when
tightening
castellated
nuts,
the cotter pin holes will not
line
up
with the slots in thenuts.In such
cases,
the nut
may
be
over tightened
enough
to line
up
~the near est slot withthecotter
pin hole, butthemaximum
applied tor que
must not exceed the values listed.
4. Bolts and scr ews with
str ength
of less than 125.000psi
do not r equir e a
mandator y tor que
value. The nut-bolt combination shall be
tightened
to make satisfactor y joint.
5. Bolts and scr ews with
str ength
of
160,000psi
minimumor higher
shall be
per
No.1, unless other wise
specifiedstandar d
tor que
values.
C~
-.J~
J
6
6
-czui
Wr ench with adapter at r ight angle.
MM-3-15
3-009
Wr ench with stir r up-type
handle
3-010
Incor r ect for ce
application
PALM GRIP HANDLE
3-011
Wr ench with
palm gr ip
3-012
Wr ench with palm gr ip
and extension
MM-3-16
To obtain- Adapter length
when the desir ed
tor que
is known, calculate as
follows:
(Ta Tw) xL
A=
Tw
To obtain- Scale r eading on the wr ench when the desir ed
tor que
is known,
calculate as follows:
Tax L
Tw
L+A
To obtain-- Conver sion constant which is a r atio of the lever
length
of the
wr ench to the total
length
of the wr ench and
adapter , calculate
as follows:
C=
L+A
To obtain- Actual
tor que
at the
adapter using
the
constant, calculate as
follows:
Tw
Ta
To obtain- Actual
tor que r eading
of thescale when the
tor que
at the
adapter
is
know, calculate as follows:
Tw Tax C
CAUTION:
Tor que r eadings
will be inaccur ate if the for mulas ar e applied
when
using a
tor que
wr ench with a r igid handle.
Adaptor s
which confor m to the afor ementioned sentence above in no way
affect the calculations pr eviously
descr ibed.
TABCE 3 4 TOROUE DATA
SPECIALTORQUE DATA
PECULIARTOF-28A ROTORCRAFT
Nomenclatur e Par t No.
Tor que
Tail Rotor
Output
Shaft
Retention Bolt AN7-H8A 300" /lbs.
Tail Rotor
Spindle
Nuts SL61N-4 50/lbs.
Tail Rotor
Input
Shaft N04 50/ltjs.
Main Rotor Gear Box Pinion
Nut SLW3045
2000PSl" /lb5.
+100" /11
0" /I
Upper
Main Rotor Shaft
Hub Retention Nut 28-1400.1 400/lbs.
Lower Main Rotor Shaft
Car r ier Nut 28-13121 333/lbs.
Blade
Spindles
Retention
Nut 28-14335 12" /lbs.
STANDARD TORQUE VALUES
This table cover s standar d
tor que
values for National Fine and National Coar se nuts and bolts and tube nuts.
All
special tor que
values will be defined on applicable dr awings
and as noted on par ts pages.
Tor que
Values for Nuts and Bolts (inch pounds) National Fine"
Column1 Column2 Column3 Column4 Column5
Tap Size TensionNuts Sheat Nuts
90,000PSI in (60% ofColumn4)
AN 365, AN 310 AN 364, AN 320
Bolts, AN 365 AN 364 and
andAN 310Nuts AN 320Nuts
8-36 12-15 7-9 20 12
10-32 20-25 12-15 40 25
1/4-28 50-70 30-40 100 60
5/16-24 100-140 60-85 225 140
3/8-24 1so-190 95-110 390 240
7/16-20 450-500 270-300 840 500
1/2-20 480-690 290-410 1100. 660
9/16-18 800-1000 480-600 1600 960
5/8-18 1100-1300 600-780 2400 1400
3/4-16 2300-2500 1300-1500 5000 3000
7/8-14 2500-3000 1500-1800 7000 4200
1-14 3700-5500 2200-3300 10000 6000
1-1/8-12 5000-7000 3000-4200 15000 9000
1-1/4-12 9000-11000 .5400-6600 25000 15000
+Tor queValuesar eder ivedfor oil fr ee
cadmium-platedsteel thr eads.
Standar d
Tor ciue Values Continued
National Coar se"
Column1 Column2 Column3 Column4 Column5
Tap Size TensionNuts Shear Nuts
90,000PSI in (60% ofColumn4)
AN 365,
AN 310 AN 364, AN 320 Bolts, AN 365 AN 364 and
and~AN 310Nuts AN 320Nuts
8-32 12-15 7-9 20 12
10-24 20-25 12-15 35 21
1/4-20 40-50 25-30 75 45
5/16-18 80-90 48-55 160 100
3/8-16 160-185 95-100 275 170
7/16-14 235-255 140-155 475 280
1/2-13 400-480 240-290 880 520
9/16-12 500-700 300-420 1100 650
5/8-11 700-900 420-540 1500 900
3/4-10 1150-1600 700-950 2500 1500
7/8-9 2200-3000 1300-1800 4600 2700
" Tor queValues ar eder ivedfor oil fr eecadmium-platedsteel thr eads.
Standar d Tor que
Values Continued
TubeO.D. Wr enchTor queRange
Tube0.D. Wr ench
Tor queRange
(inches)
for Tightening
Tube (Inches) for
Tightening
Tube
Nuts (inchpounds)
Nuts(inchpounds)
Alum.Allay
Steel
Alum.Alloy
Steel
28112H.5280
281/2H.5280
1/8
3/4 300-500 430-575
3/16
30-70 1 500-700 550-750
1/4 40-65 50-90 1-1/4 600-900
5/16 60-80 70-120 1-1/2 600-900
3/8 75-125
901150 1-3/4
1/2 150-250 155-250 2
5/8 200:350 300-400
SECTION
VVEIGHT AND
BALANCE
SECTION
Weight
Balance
Pr ocedur es
MM-4-1
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
INFORMATION
All
helicopter s ar e
designed
for cer tain limit loads and balance
conditions.
Changes
in
equipment
which affect the
empty weight
center of
gr avity
must be r ecor ded in the air cr aft and
engine log
book. It is the
r esponsibility
of the
helicopter pilot to ensur e that
the
helicopter
is loaded
pr oper ly.
The
empty weight, empty weight
C.G.and useful loads ar e noted on the
weight-balance
sheet included
in this Manual for this
par ticular helicopter .
NOTE: Tile C.G.
r ange
for the F-28A
Helicopter
is
92.0"
to
98.01 fr om datum line at a maximum
gr oss weight
of
2150Ibs. Listed on
page
FM-3-5 is a typical loading
condition of the F-28A Helicopter , both r ear war d C.G.
and for war d C.G.condition.
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
The r emoval or addition of fuel or equipment
r esults in
changes
to
the center of-
gr avity
and
weight
of the
air cr aft, and the
per missible
useful load is affected
accor dingly.
The effects of these
changes
must be
investigated
in all cases to eliminate
possible
adver se effects
on the air cr afts
flight
char acter istics. The hor izontal r efer ence
weighing point
is located 20inches for war d of the center bolt in
r ear skidattachment.
Maximum Gr oss
Weight
2150Ibs.
Empty Weight (no accessor ies,
fuel or Oil) 1450Ibs.
Useful Load 700Ibs.
Appr oved
For war d C.G. Limit Station 92
Appr oved
Aft C.G. Limit Station 98
TOOLSAND EQUIPMENT
Tape
Measur e Commer cial
Scale (two) 1000Ibs.
capacity
Scale tail tone) 100Ibs.
capacity
Level
bubble-type
Commer cial
Wor kstand As
r equir ed
DETAILED PROCEDURE FORWEIGHINGF-28A SERIES
HELICOPTER
a. Thor oughly
clean
helicopter .
b.
Helicopter
will be
weighed
inside a closed
building
to
pr event
er r or s in scale
r eadings
due to wind.
Helicopter
will be
placed
in
alevel
flight
attitude.
c. Checkfor
pr oper
installation of all
accessor y
items. Checkto
deter mine if the scales that ar e being
used have been calibr ated
r ecently,
and checkto see that the scales will zer o out befor e
weighing helicopter .
MM-4-2
d.The
helicopter
will be
weighed
without
fuel, but the
weight
and
balance r ecor d will r eflect cor r ections to indicate the
amount of
unusable fuel
r equir ed by
the
helicopter configur ation.
The
helicopter may
be
weighed
with full oil or without
oil, but the
weight
and balance
r epor t
shouldbe cor r ected
accor dingly.
e. Tar e will be noted when
helicopter
is r emoved fr om the scales.
NOTE: Checkoil level of main tr ansmission and tail r otor
tr ansmission. Checkto see that the main r otor blades
ar e in unifor m
position,
1200
apar t.
f. Closeand secur eboth
door s,
leftand
r ight
handsides.
g.
Hoistor jackhelicopter
clear of
gr ound.
h.Positiontwo main scales beneath theskids.
i. Position a pipe nipple
in the center of left and
r ight
hand scales
at 20inches for war d of center bolt in
r ear skid attachment.
(Detail No.1)
i:--
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
A
ATP
I:
o-
MM-4-3
NOTE: Side
panels must be r emovedfor
leveling.
After
leveling,
tempor ar ily
install for
weighing.
j.Height
oftail to be
adjusted
for level.
k.Level for e and aft to be taken at lower
pylon tube,
left
side, so
identified.(Detail
No.2)
I..later al level taken at lower for war d
pylon
tube.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
m.
Small scale will be located under tail r otor
guar d
at the center line
of the tail r otor
output shaft,
shown above.
CAUTION: Exer cise car e to maintain scale
alignr r ient dur ing
lower ing oper ation
of
helicopter on scale.No
par t
of skidshould
touch scale. If
helicopter
doesnt balance on pipe nipples,
under skids as
necessar y
to obtain
balance,
and measur e fr om
r ear skid attachment center bolt to center of
pipe nipple.
Recor d measur ement on weight
sheet.
n.Using jack,
r aise or lower tail as r equir ed
to level the air cr aft
along
the
longitudinal axis, paying
attention to the level on the
longitudinal
and later al
pylon
tubes.
MM-4-4
o. Readand r ecor d
weight
fr omeach ofthr eescales.
p.
Calculate
weight
and center
gr avity on attached
for m,
with
weight
data.
Empty weight
will be " dr y weight."
q.
All items added or substr acted will be listed on the attached
for mwith
weight, ar m,
and moment.
CAUTION:
Weight
and measur ement
r eadings
ar e cr itical.
Doublecheckr esults.
r . Remove
helicopter
fr omscales.
CAUTION: Do not r emove
cur bing, jack, nipples, blocks,
etc.,
fr omscales. These items constitutetar e
weight.
s. Read and r ecor d tar e
weight
fr om each of the thr ee scales. An
official
weight
and balance
r epor t
is
pr epar ed
in connection with
each
helicopter pr esented
for air v\lor thiness cer tification at the
Enstr om
Cor por ation.
All these
r epor ts
ar e mar ked " actual
weight."
t.This
weight
and balance
r epor t,
and
equipment
listwill be
pr epar ed
andsupplied
witheach
helicopter .
u.Use For m No.F-165 Basic
Weight
and Balance
Repor t to
give you
a continuous
histor y
of
weight changes thr oughout
the life of
your
helicopter .
NOTE: Under nor mal
oper ating conditions, ballasting
is not
necessar y.
MM-4-5
SAMPLE WEIGHT AND BALANCE COMPUTATION
Appr oved
CG
Range:
Maximum Gr oss
Weight:
92.0to 98.0 2150Ibs.
TYPICALLOADING
Appr oved
Rear war d C. G.
Weight
Ar m Moment
Basic
Empty Weight
1450.0 100.8 146160.00
(including
undr ainable
engine oil,
gear
box
oil and unusable fuel)
Engine
Oil 15.0 96.0 1440.00
Fuel,
30
gal.
180.0 98.0 17640.00
Pilot 140.0 68.5 9590.00
1785. 97.9 174830.00
Appr oved
For war d C.G.
Basic
Empty Weight
1450.0 100.8 146160.00
(including
undr ainable
engine oil,
gear
box
oil and unusable fuel)
Engine
Oil 15.0 96.0 1440.00
Fuel,
29.2
gal.
175.0 98.0 17150.00
Pilot and
Passenger s
510.0 68.5 34935.00
2150. 92.9 199685.00
~ROTORE
4_
i
I I
C.ENTE.R OF II
r ~- I r
BQ
-ci
I
I r n\ir v
LIMITS
98
I
Y
56" Rotating beacon
92
92" Fwd.c/g
limits
96" Oil ar m in engine
66
98" Aft.c/g limits
172" Rotating
beacon
230" Aft.tail cone bulkhead
320" c/g tail r otor
Y-6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
REPORT
320.018
w LCG
J
i
~I C.G.~b
I----~--
T.R.
DATUM LINE
I
If-
113.446 ----7-~7/
If
93.446
7
WL WR
.Model
Ser ial No. Registr ation
No.----------
FWD.clg
limit 92.0"
AFT.c/g
limit 98.0"
Weigh point
Scale--)bs. Tar e Net wt. Ar m Moment x 1000
Left
gear
(WL)
Right gear
(WR)
Tail
(WT)
Total
\1\17-(320.018)
(WL+WR)
(93446)
LCG
Wr +WL+WR
Date
Weighed by
For m No.F-166
AIRCRAFT ACfUALWEIGHT REPORT
Mode) Ser ial No, Reg.No.
Standar d
equipment not installed Optional sur plus equipment
in
at
weigh-in
air cr aft at weigh-in
Moment X I I I I IMoment X
Item No. Wt. Ar m
11000in./lbs.
Item No. Wt. Ar m
r 1000in./lbs.
Total 1 I I I I Total
Weighing
witnessed by Date
C~-d B
Por mNo.F-167
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND C.G.CALCULATION
Model No. Ser ial No. Reg.No.
Weight
Ar m Moment
Ibs. in. 1000in./lbs.
Weight las weighed)
Less:
optional sur plus weight
Plus:
missing
std.
equipment
Computed
Total
weight empty
std.air cr aft
Actual
Plus:
engine
oil
Plus: optional equipment
kits
Total basic
weight
For m No.F-168
Lf- b
SECTION
POWERPLANT
SECTION
P
owe
r p
lant
(Fuel, Oil,
Ignition Systems)
MM-5-1
POWER PLANT
DESCRIPTION
The HIO360ser ies ar efour
cylinder ,
dir ect
dr ive, hor izontally opposed,
air cooled
engines.
In
r efer r ing
to the locationofthevar ious
enginecomponents,
the
par ts
ar e descr ibed in their
r elationship
to the
engine as installed in the
air fr ame.
Thus,
the
power
take-off end is consider ed the fr ont and
the
accessor y
dr ive end the r ear . The
sump
section is consider ed the
bottom and the
opposite
side of the
engine
wher e the shr oud tubes
ar e located the
top.
Refer ence to the left and
r ight
side is made with
the obser ver
facing
the r ear of theengine.
The
cylinder sar e number ed
fr om fr ont to
r ear ,
odd number s on the
r ight, even number s on the
left. The dir ection of r otationofthe
cr ankshaft, viewedfr omthe
r ear ,
is clockwise. The dir ection of r otation for
accessor y
dr ives is
deter minedwiththeobser ver
facing
thedr ive
pad.
Cylinder s.
The
cylinder s ar e of conventional air celled constr uction
with the two
major par ts,
head and
bar r el,
scr ewed and shr unk
together .
The heads ar e made fr oman aluminum
alloy casting
with a
fully
machined combustion chamber . Rocker shaft
bear ing suppor ts
ar e cast
integr al
with the head
along
with
housings
to for mther ocker
boxes for both valver ocker s.Thecylinder bar r els,
whichar e machined
fr om chr ome nickel
molybdenum
steel
for gings,
have
deep integr al
cooling
fins and the inside of the bar r els ar e gr ound
and honedto a
specified
finish.
Valve
Oper ating
Mechanism. A conventional
type
camshaft is located
above and
par allel to the cr ankshaft. The camshaft actuates
hydr aulic
tappets
which
oper ate
the \jalves
thr ough push
r ods and valve r ocker s.
The valve r ocker s ar e suppor ted
on full
floating
steelshafts.Thevalve
spr ings
bear
against
har dened steel seats and ar e r etained on the valve
stems
by means of
split keys.
Cr ankcase. The
cr ankcase-assembly
consists of two r einfor ced
aluminum
alloy castings,
fastened
together by means of
studs,
bolts
and nuts. The
mating
sur faces of the two
castings
ar e joined
without
the use of a gasket,
and the main
bear ing
bor es ar e machined for use
of
pr ecision type
main
bear ing
inser ts,
Cr ankshaft. Thecr ankshaftis madefr omachr omenickel
molybdenum
steel
for ging.
All
bear ing jour nal
sur faces ar e nitr ided.
Connecting
Rods. The
connecting
r ods ar e made in the for m of
" H" sections fr om
alloy
steel
for gings. They
have
r eplaceable bear ing
inser ts in the cr ankshaft ends and br onze
bushings
in the
piston ends.
The
bear ing caps
on the cr ankshaft ends ar e r etained
by two boltsand
nuts
thr ough
each
cap.
NOTE: Remove
cowling as r equir ed
for access to
engine
compattment.
MM-5-2
Engine lifting eye
Pylon asembly
Oil Cooler
Alter nator
Star ter
a-
:ir
X
-Ci~e
i!~A Engine mount
~ner m.r talic
by-p~r r
uabr
,F,,I scr een and
:temper atur e pr obe
_i
o
12008 200
-~-1 --L
Ser ies Magnetos
Mixtur e
contr ol lever
Boor t
pump
O
Thr ottle lever I Fuel ser vo contr ol
AC engine dr iven pump
Fuel Flow Divider
Oil Coaler
POWERPLANT INSTALLATION AND UNIT LOCATION
MM-5-3
FUEL
ELECTRICALRELA
P*NEL
OIL
FUELFILIER
:Mx:t
ORIGINAL
AsReceived
By
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RIGHT SIDE
ATP
s
REF.
ANK
ENGINE
BAFFLING
~ili
i- i.SEF.V_St_TP~T; E.EG
ir
REF.F1LTER ASSY.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT SIDE
MM-5-4
Pistons. The
pistons
ar e machined fr om an aluminum
alloy.
The
piston pin
is of afull
floating type
with aplug
located in each end of
the
pin.Depending onthe
cylinder assembly, pistonsmay
bemachined
for either thr ee or four
r ings
and
may employ
either half
wedge or
full
wedge r ings.
Accessor y Housing.
The
accessor y housing
is madefr oman aluminum
casting
and is fastened to the r ear of the cr ankcase and the
top
r ear
of the
sump.
It for ms a housing
for the oil
pump
and the var ious
accessor y
dr ives.
Oil
Sump.
The
sump incor por ates an oil dr ain
plug,
oil suction
scr een,
mounting pad
for car bur etor or fuel
injector ,
the intake r iser and
intake
pipe
connections.
Cooling System.
These
engines
ar e designed
to be cooled
by
air
flow. Baffles ar e pr ovided
to build
up
a
pr essur e
and for ce the
air
thr ough
the
cylinder
fins. The air is then exhausted to the atmos-
pher e.
Induction
System.
The Avco"
Lycoming
HIO-360ser ies
engines
ar e
equipped
with a Bendix
type
RSA fuel
injector .
The fuel
injection
system
schedules fuel flow in
pr opor tion
to air flowandfuel
vapor iza-
tiontakes
place
at theintake
por ts.
The Bendix RSA
type
fuel
injection system
is based on the
pr inciple
of
measur ing
air flow and
using
the air flow
signal
in a stem
type
r egulator
to conver t the air for ce into a fuel for ce. This fuel for ce
(fuel pr essur e
differ ential)
when
appli:ed acr oss the fuel
meter ing
section
(jetting system)
makes fuel flow
pr opor tional
to air flow.
Lubr ication
System. (All
models
except
AIO-360ser ies.) The full
pr essur e
wet
sump
lubr ication
system
is actuated
by an impeller type
pump
containedwithinthe
accessor y housing.
Pr iming System.
Fuel
injectedengines
do not r equir ea
pr iming system.
SPECI FICATI ONS
H1O-360-C SERIES
FAA
Type
Cer tificate 1E10
Rated
hor sepower
205
Rated
speed,
RPM 2900
Bor e,
inches 5.125
Str oke,
inches 4.375
Displacement,
cubic inches 361.0
Compr ession
r atio 8.7:1
Fir ing
or der i-3-2-4
25
Spar koccur s, degr ees
ETC
Valve r ocker clear ance
(hydr aulictappets collapsed)
028-.080
Pr opeller
dr ive r atio 1:1
Pr opeller
dr ive r otation (viewed
fr om r ear ) Clockwise
MM-5-5
POWERPLANT OPERATIONS
F-28A Nor mal
EngineStar ting
Pr ocedur es.
a. Mixtur econtr ol IDLE CUT OFF.
b. Fuel valveON.
c. Master switchON.
d. Thr ottle--cr ackslightly.
CAUTION: Do not
open
thr ottle
dur ing star ting engine; over speed
can r esult.
NOTE: Checkfor clutch
disengagement.
e. Mixtur eFULLRICH.
f. Fuel boost
ON,
check
pr essur e
for
slight
incr ease 1to3
seconds,
thenr etur nfuel boosttoOFF.
g.
Mixtur eOFF.
h.
Ignitionswitch,
BOTH.
i.
Engage
star ter .
j.
When
enginestar ts,
advance mixtur e
slowly.
k. Set
engine
RPM to 1500 1600RPM.
i. Fuel booster
pump
ON.
Pump
must be on at all times in
flight.
m. Check
engine
oil
pr essur e,
25 PSI minimum.
CAUTION: Shut down
engine
if minimum oil
pr essur e
is not
r eached within 30seconds.
n. Disconnectexter nal
power
(ifused).
o. Alter nator switchON.
F-28A
EngineStar ting Pr ocedur es,
HotCondition.
Repeat steps a, b, c, d, and e as noted above.
f. Tur nonfuel boost
pump
5 to6 seconds.
g.
Tur nbooster
pump
off.
h. Mixtur econtr ol OFF.
i. Thr ottle--FULLOPEN.
j. Engage
star ter 5 to 6 seconds to clear
engine.
k. Closethr ottleandcr ack
slightly.
i.
Magneto
switch BOTH.
m. Engage
star ter until
engine
fir es and advance mixtur e
slowly.
n. Fuel booster
pump
ON.
Pump
must-beonat all .times in
flight..
NOTE: It is
impor tant
to follow this
pr ocedur e on hot star ts
so that the
pr olonged
fuel flow in the lines will
eliminate the
vapor
locks and cool the lines for a
pr oper
star t.
F-28A Rotor
Engagement.
a. Checkcollectivefull down.
b. Rudder
pedals
neutr al.
c. Set
longitudinal
and later al tr imtocenter
cyclic.
MM-5-6
d. Checkair cr aft
vicinity
for
per sonnel
and
equipment.
e. Set engine
to 1400 1500RPM.
NOTE: Maintainfixedthr ottle
dur ing
r otor
engagement.
f.
Slowly engage
clutch handle at 1400 1500
engine
RPM until
r otor RPM r eaches 100RPM.
g.
Closethr ottle.
h.
Fully engage
clutch when
engine/r otor
needles ar e
super imposed
(mar r y).
i. Advancethr ottleto 1800RPM.
CAUTION: Never
apply
full
power
until r otor and
engine
RPM
needles ar e
super imposed
and clutch is
fully engaged.
F-28A
Engine War mup
and Gr ound Check.
a. War m engine
at 1800RPM until
cylinder
head
temper atur e
r eaches 2000F.
b. Checkengine
oil
temper atur es
and
pr essur es
toascer tainwhether
they ar ewithinthe
gr een
ar cs.
NOTE: For faster oil
war mup
in c~ld weather ,
2300RPM
may
be used after
cylinder temper atur e
has r eached 2000F.
c. Incr ease
engine
RPM to 2750to 2900RPM and checkfor RPM
dr op
on left and
r ight magnetos.
100RPM is
per missible on
either
magneto.
NOTE: No
engine r oughness shouldbe
appar ent
when
oper ating
oneither leftor
r ightmagneto.
d. Checkammeter
char ging
indication.
e. Gently move cyclic,
obser ve r otor
tip path plane
for contr ol
r esponse.
f. Close thr ottle,
obser ve
engine
and r otor needles for
separ ation.
NOTE: Needle
separ ation
indicates
pr oper oper ation
of over -
r unning
clutch.
g.
Check
following
befor e take-off:
1.Checkall instr umentsfor
pr oper
indication.
2.Seat belts anddoor s latched.
3. Fuel booster
pump
ON.
Pump must be onatall times in
flight.
4.Mixtur eFULLRICH.
5.Fuel
pr essur ewar ning-lgr een
indication.
6.Set collectiveandthr ottlefr iction.
F-28A
EngineCooling
andShut DownPr ocedur e.
a. Stabilize
temper atur es
at 1800RPM until
cylinder temper atur es
dr op
to 3500F.
b.
Cyclictr im,
neutr al.
c. Tighten
collective fr iction.
MM-5-7
d. Set
engine
FULLIDLE.
e.
Disengage
clutch.
CAUTION;
Do not
disengage
clutch unless
engine
is at FULL
IDLE;
engineover speedmay
r esult.
f. Fuel boost
pump
OFF.
g.
Mixtur eIDLE CUT OFF.
h.
Magneto
switchOFF.
i. Alter nator switchOFF.
j.
Master switchOFF.
k. All switchesOFF.
I. Fuel valveCLOSED.
OPERATINGLIMITATIONS
Power plant
Limitations:
Engine: Lycoming
Model
HIO-360-C1B
Fuel: 100/130minimum
gr ade
Oil
Viscosity:
Above600F SAE 50
30-900F SAE 40
0-700F SAE 30
Below 10" F SAE 20
Hor sepower : 205 HP all
oper ations
2900RPM
Oper ating Engine
RPM: 2900maximum
2750minimum
Engine Idling
RPM: 1400minimum(clutchdisengaged)
ManifoldPr essur e: Full
thr ottle, sealevel
engine
Oil
Temper atur e:
2450F maximum
Oil Pr essur e: 60-90
PSI,
nor mal
oper ation
25
PSI, idling
minimum
100
PSI, star ting-war mup
Tr ansmissionOil
Temper atur e:
2200F maximum
Cylinder
Head
Temper atur e:
4750F maximum
Rotor --Flight
Limitations (Power Off):
Maximum: 385 RPM
Minimum: 313 RPM
MM-e-e
Instr ument Mar kings:
Rotor Tachometer Red Line 385 RPM
Red Line 313 RPM
Gr een Ar e 313-385 RPM
Engine
Tachometer Red Line 2750RPM
Red Line 2900RPM
Gr een Ar e 2750-2900RPM
Air speed
Indicator Red Line 112 MPH
Oil Temper atur e
Red Line 2450F
Gr een Ar e 1200-2450F
Yellow Ar e 600-1200F
Oil Pr essur e Red Line 100PSI
Yellow Ar e 90-100PSI
Gr een Ar e
60-90PSI
Yellow Ar e 25-60PSI
Red Line 25 PSI
Cylinder
Head Red Line 4750F
Temper atur es
Gr een Ar e 2000-4750F
Tr ansmission Red Line 2200F
Oil
Temper atur e
Gr een Ar e 00-2200F
FUELINJECTION SYSTEM
Descr iption.
All RSA
type
fuel
injection systems
ar e based on the
pr inciple
of
measur ing engine
air
consumption by use of a ventur i
tube and
using
the air flow for ces to contr ol fuel flow to the
engine.
Fuel distr ibution to the individual
cylinder s
is obtained
by
the use
ofafuel flowdivider andair bleednozzles.
It is
suggested
that all
adjustments
and over haul to the RSA-5 Fuel
Injection System
be
per for med with the use of the
Oper ation
and
Ser vice Manual,
For m
15-3388, published by
the Bendix
Cor por ation.
Field
Adjustments.
Idle
Speed
and Mixtur e
Adjustment.
a.
Check
magnetos
in accor dance with instr uctions fur nishedinthe
air cr aft
oper ational
manual. If the
" mag-dr op"
is not mor e
than 100RPM
Max., pr oceed
withidle
adjustment.
b. Close the thr ottle to idle
(appr oximately
1400 1500RPM).
If the RPM
changes appr eciably
after
making
idle mixtur e
adjustment dur ing
the
succeeding steps, r eadjust
the idle
speed
tothedesir ed RPM.
c.
When the
idling speed
has been
stabilized, move the
cockpit
mixtur econtr ol lever with asmooth, steady pull,
into the IDLE
MM-58
instr ument
Mar kings:
Rotor Tachometer Red Line 385 RPM
Red Line 313 RPM
Gr een Ar e 313-385 RPM
Engine
Tachometer Red Line 2750RPM
Red Line 2900RPM
Gr een Ar e 2750-2900RPM
Air speed
indicator Red Line 112 MPH
Oil
Temper atur e
Red Line 2450F
Gr een Ar e 1200-2450F
Yellow Ar e 600-1200F
Oil Pr essur e Red Line 100PSI
Yellow Ar e 90-100PSI
Gr een Ar e 60-90PSI
Yellow Ar e 25-60PSI
Red Line 25 PSI
Cylinder
Head Red Line 4750F
Temper atur es
Gr een Ar e 2000-4750F
Tr ansmission Red Line 2200F
Oii
Temper atur e
Gr een Ar e 00-2200F
FUELINJECTION SYSTEM
Descr iption.
All RSA
type
fuel
injection systems
ar e based on the
pr inciple
of
measur ing engine
air
consumption by use of a ventur i
tube and
using
the air flow for ces to contr ol fuel flow to the
engine.
Fuel distr ibution to the individual
cylinder s
is obtained
by
the use
ofafuel flowdivider andair bleed nettles.
It is
suggested
that all
adjustments
and over haul to the RSA-S Fuel
Injection System
be
per for med
with the use of the
Oper ation
and
Ser vice
Manual,
For m
15-3388, published by
the Bendix
Cor por ation.
Field
Adjustments.
Idle
Speed
and Mixtur e
Adjustment.
a. Check
magnetos
in accor dance with instr uctions fur nishedin the
air cr aft
oper ational
manual. If the
" mag-dr op"
is not mor e
than 100RPM
Max., pr oceed
withidle
adjustment.
b. Close the thr ottle to idle
(appr oximately
1400 1500RPM).
If the RPM
changes appr eciably
after
making
idle mixtur e
adjustment dur ing
the
succeeding steps, r eadjust
the idle
speed
tothedesir ed RPM.
c. When the
idling speed
has been
stabilized, move the
cockpit
mixtur econtr ol lever with asmooth, steady pull,
into the IDLE
Pk~e
MM-5-9
CUT-OFF
position
and obser ve the tachometer for
any change
dur ing
the
leaning
out
pr ocess.
Caution must be exer cised to
r etur n the mixtur e contr ol to the FULL-RICH
position
befor e
the RPM can dr op
to a
point
wher e the
engine
cuts out. An
incr ease in RPM while
leaning
out indicates the idle mixtur e is
on the r ich side of best
power .
An immediate decr ease in RPM
(if not pr eceded by a
momentar y incr ease) indicatesthattheidle
mixtur eis onthelean sideofbest
power .
d. The desir ed idle
setting
is a
compr omise
between one that is
r ich
enough
to
pr ovide a satisfactor y
acceler ation under all
conditions and lean
enough
to
pr event spar kplug fouling or
r ough oper ation.
A r ise of 25-50RPM will
usually satisfy
both
oftheseconditions.
e. If
Step
B indicates that the idle
adjustment
is too r ich or too
lean, tur n the idle mixtur e
adjustment one or two notches inthe
dir ection
r equir ed
for
cor r ection,
and checkthis new position
by r epeating Step
B. Make additional
adjustments as
necessar y.
f. Each timean adjustment
is
changed,
clear the
engineby r unning
it
up
to
appr oximately
2000RPM befor e
making
mixtur echeck.
g.
The actual idle mixtur e
adjustment
is made
by
the
lengthening
(r ichening) or
shor tening (leaning)
of the
linkage
between the
thr ottle lever and idle valve lever . The center scr ew assembly
has
r ight
hand thr eads on both ends butoneend has aNo.10-24
thr ead and the other end has a No. 10-32 thr ead. For
easy
r efer ence,
consider
only
the coar se thr ead end. When it is
tur ned out of its
block,
the
linkage
becomes
longer
and ar icher
mixtur e is
pr ovided.
When it is tur nedinto its
block,
the
linkage
becomes
longer
and a r icher mixtur e is
pr ovided.
When it is
tur ned into its
block,
the
linkage
is shor tened and a leaner
mixtur eis
pr ovided.
h. A
major adjustment
is available for use when the center scr ew
bottoms out on either of the blocks. If the idle
adjustment
is
almost
satisfactor y, measur e the distance between the two
blocks. Disconnect the
spr ilg
fr omthe most accessible
linkage
pin
and r emove the
pin.
Tur n the blockand
adjustment scr ew
until the
adjusting
wheel is center ed and the distance between
blocks is as pr eviously
measur ed. Ther e is now additional
adjustment r ange
andther efer ence
point
is r etained.
i. Make the final idle
speed adjustment to obtain the desir ed
idling
RPM withclosedthr ottle.
j.
If the
setting
does not r emain
stable,
checkthe idle
linkage;
any
looseness in this
linkage
will cause er r atic
idling.
In all
cases,
allowance should be made for the effect of weather
conditions
upon idling adjustment.
k. Idle
speed
and mixtur e
adjustments
made
accor ding
to this
method should
r equir e ver y
little fur ther attention
except
for
extr emevar iations in
temper atur e
andaltitude.
MM-5-10
1
Fuel inlet
Idle
speed
adjustment
andstr ainer
Meter ed
a fuel outlet
Idle mixtur e
adjustment
Idlevalve
Impact
air
Injector ,
exter nal view
Since the air differ ential
pr essur e
is afunction of the
air flow,
andthe
fuel differ ential
pr essur e
is a function of the fuel
flow,
the cor r ect
fuel-to-air r atio is
always
maintainedwiththis
system, r egar dless
ofthe
quantity
of air
being
consumed
by
the
engine.
Consider ation has been made for the low air for ces
exper ienced
in the
idle
r ange by
the
incor por ation
of the constant head idle
spr ing.
This
spr ing pr ovides a constant fuel differ ential
pr essur e
that will allow
adequate
fuel
supply
for the idle
r ange.
As theair for cesincr ease.the
spr ing compr esses
until the
spr ing
r etainer touches the air
diaphr agm
and acts as a solid member .
MM-5-11
FUELINJECTION SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Har d
Star ting:
Technique.
Refer to air cr aft manufactur er s
r ecommended
star ting pr ocedur e.
Flooded. Clear
engineby cr anking
withthr ot-
tle
open
and mixtur e contr ol in
ICO.
Insufficient
pr ime.
Incr easeamount of
pr iming.
(Usually accompaniedby a
backfir e.)
Rough
Idle:
Mixtur e too r ich or too lean. Confir m with mixtur e contr ol. A
too r ich mixtur e will be cor r ected
and
r oughness
decr eased
dur ing
lean-out while a too lean mixtur e
will be
aggr avated
and
r oughness
incr eased.
Adjust
idle to
give
a
25-50RPM r iseat 1400-1500RPM.
Pluggednozzle(s).
Clean nozzles.
(Usually accompaniedby
high
take-offfuel flow
r eadings.
Slight
air leakinto Confir m
by tempor ar ily plugging
induction
system thr ough
dr ain line.
Replace
checkvalves
manifolddr aincheckvalve. as necessar y.
(Usually
abletoadjust
initial idlebut
r ough
in
1000-1500RPM
r ange.)
Slight
air leakinto induction Repair as
necessar y.
systemthr ough
looseintake
pipes or damaged
" 0"
r ings.
(Usually
ableto
adjust
initial
idlebut
r ough
in 1000-1500RPM
r ange.)
Lar ge
air leakinto induction Repair
as
necessar y.
system.
Sever al cases of
1/8"
pipeplugsdr opping
out.
Inter nal leakin
injector . Replace injector .
(Usually
unableto lean-out
idle
r ange.)
MM-5-12
FUELINJECTION SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART (Cont)
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Fuel
vapor izing
in fuel lines See ser vice notes under
Idling (A).
or distr ibutor . (Encounter ed
only
under
high
ambient
temper atur e
conditions or
following pr olonged oper ation
at low idle RPMs.)
Low Take-Off Fuel Flow:
Str ainer
plugged.
Removestr ainer and clean in a
suitable solvent. Acetone or MEK
is r ecommended.
Injector outof
adjustment. Replaceinjector .
Faulty gage. Replaceas
necessar y.
Poor Cut-Off:
Impr oper r igging
ofair cr aft
Adjust.
linkage
to mixtur econtr ol.
Mixtur econtr ol valve Eliminate cause of
scor ing (usually
scor ed or not
seating
bur r or dir t) and
lap
mixtur econ-
pr oper ly. tr ol valve and
plug onsur face
plate.
Vapor
in lines. Refer to
following
ser vice notes.
INJECTION SYSTEM SERVICE NOTES
Gener al. Sever al
phases
of
gr ound oper ation ar e adver sely
affected
by
fuel
vapor ization
in the lines. Fuel
vapor ization
is
exper ienced
under
extr eme conditions of ambient and/or nacelle
temper atur es. Star ting,
idle
oper ating,
and
engine
shutdown
pr ocedur es
must all be modified
to obtain
optimum
r esults under thesecor iditions.
Star ting.
In cold
weather ,
the
engine compar tment (nacelle)
temper a-
tur e
dr ops
off
r apidly following engine
shutdown and the nozzle lines
r emain
near ly
full of fuel. Cold weather
star ting pr ocedur es ar ether e-
for e
simple
with
highly pr edictable
r esults.
However ,
in
extr emely
hot
weather ,
nacelle
temper atur es
incr ease
r apidly following engine
shut-
down,
and fuel in the lines
vapor izes
and
escapes
out intothemanifold.
Hot weather
star ting pr ocedur es
ther efor e
dependconsider ably on how
soon the next star t is
attempted.
Within the fir st 20-30
minutes,
the
manifold is
nicely pr imed
and the
empty
nozzle lines will fill befor e
the
engine
dies. After a 20-30minute
wait,
the
vapor ized
fuel in the
manifold will have
near ly disappear ed
and some
slight " pr iming"
could be
r equir ed to r efill the nozzlelines and
keep
the
enginer unning
after fir st
fir ing.
MM-5-13
Idling. Dur ing gr ound oper ation ever y pr ecaution
should be taken to
keep
nacelle
temper atur es
fr om
incr easing
to the extent that fuel will
vapor ize
in the lines. The
following suggestions ar e aimed at mini-
mizing
this
pr oblem:
A.
Keep
nacelle
temper atur es
as lowas possibleby:
1.
Avoiding
excessive
gr oundoper ation.
2.
Keeping cooling
air flow
up by keeping engine
RPMs
as
high
as pr actical.
3.
Upon r estar ting
of ahot
engine, oper ating engineat 1,200-1,500
RPM for sever al minutes tor educether esidual heat inthe
engine
compar tment.
B.Keep
fuel
temper atur es as low as possible. Higher
RPMs withthe
accompanying higher
line
pr essur e
and flow will
help
to
dissipate
someoftheheatwithinthelines.
C.Make an idle
speed
and mixtur e
adjustment
that is acompr omise
between the
engines r equir ement dur ing
the cool of the
mor ning
andtheheat ofthe
day.
1.
Adjust
idle
speed stop
to
pr ovide
RPM as high as pr actical.
2.
Adjust
mixtur e in thecool of the
mor ning
to pr ovidea50RPM
r ise when the mixtur e contr ol is
pulled slowly
into cut-off.
3.The
higher
than nor mal
temper atur e
encounter ed
dur ing
theheat
of the
day
r esults in the
engine pr efer r ing a
consider ably
leaner
idle mixtur e.
However ,
with fuel
injection,
this r icher
setting
at
the heat of the
day
will
help dissipatevapor
thatstill
may
occur .
Shutdown (Cut-Off). The
idling pr ocedur e pr acticed just pr ior
to
engine
shutdownhas consider able
bear ing onthe" cleanness" or smooth-
ness with which the
engine stops.
If the
idling pr ocedur es suggested
above ar e not followed and fuel is
vapor izing
and
emptying
the
lines,
the
engine
will continue to idle
ver y r ough
for sever alseconds.This is
despite a 100% cut-off of fuel
supply by
the mixtur e contr ol.
POWERPLANT
IGNITION SYSTEM
Gener al. The Bendix S-200Ser ies
Magnetos ar e designed
to
pr ovide
ignition
for four and six
cylinder
air cr aft
engines.
The
magnetos gener -
ate anddistr ibute
high
tensioncur r ent
thr oughhigh
tension leads tothe
spar kplugs.
Because of the
design
of the distr ibutor
section,
these
high
tension
magnetos
ar ecapable
of
pr oviding dependableper for mance
ataltitudesof
30,000
feetor above.
To obtain the r etar d
spar knecessar y
for
star ting,
the four and six
cylinder magnetos may
either
employ
an impulse coupling or an
additional contact assembly
used in
conjunction
with a star ting
MM-5-14
IGNITION SYSTEM (Cont)
vibr ator .
Figur e
below shows the
components
used in a typical
S-200
Ignition System incor por ating
a
star ting
vibr ator . This
system
consists
of asingle
contact
assembly magneto,
adual contact
assembly magneto,
a
star ting
vibr ator and a combination
ignition
and star ter switch.
1
3------
4
3-200MAGNETOAND ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS
1.
Magneto
2. Har ness
Assembly
3. Combination Ignition
and Star ter Switch
4. Vibr ator
NOTE: See latest AVCO
Lycoming Oper ator s
Manual
60297-12 and Bendix Maintenance Instr uctions
for fur ther
per tinent
detailis on
magneto
andassociate
components.
IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTINGCHART
PROBABLE CAUSE REO~IRED ACT1ON
Har d
Star ting:
Low
voltage
at vibr ator Measur e
voltage
between vibr ator
input.
ter minal mar ked " in" and the
gr ound
ter minal while
oper ating
star ter . Must be at least 8 voltson
ORIGINAL
12 volt
systems,
or 13 volts on
As
Received
By
24 volt
systems.
ATP
MM-5-15
IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART (Cont)
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Inoper ative or defective If
voltage
is
adequate,
listen for
vibr ator .
buzzing
of vibr ator
dur ing star ting.
If no buzzing
is
hear d,
either the
vibr ator is defective or the cir cuit
fr omthe
" Output"
ter minal onthe
vibr ator to the r etar d (dual contact
assembly) magneto
is
open.
Check
both " Switch and Retar d" cir cuits.
Also check for
good
electr ical
gr ound.
Retar d contact
assembly
in Retar d
points may
not be
closing
r etar d (dual contact) magneto
due to
wr ong adjustment, or
may
not
oper ating electr ically.
not be
electr ically
connectedinthe
Engine may
kickback
dur ing
cir cuit due to a
poor
connection.
cr anking
due to advance
Inspect
r etar d
points to see if
they
timing
of
ignition.
close. Checkfor
pr oper
contact
at the " SWITCH" and " RETARD"
ter minals of r etar d (dual contact
assembly) magneto
and at the bi;
br ator .Check
wir ing.
Vibr ator -magneto
combination Tur n
engine
in
pr oper
dir ection of
not " putting-out" electr ically.
r otation until r etar d
points just
open
on No. 1
cylinder position.
Remove
input
connection fr om
star ter to
pr event engine tur ning
and while
holding
No.1
plug
lead
5/16 inch fr om
gr ound, ener gize
vibr ator
by tur ning
switch to star t.
Plug
lead shouldthr ow a5/16 inch
spar k.
If
spar k
is weakor
missing
tr y
new vibr ator . If this does not
cor r ect tr ouble, r emove
magneto
and checkfor
impr oper
inter nal
timing or impr oper ly
meshed dis-
tr ibutor
gear s.
Advance br eaker out of If inter nal
timing
is suspectedto be
adj
ustment. off, magneto
must be r emoved.
(Inter nal timing off.)
Cor r ective action should be
pr e-
for med in accor dance with cur r ent
Bendix S-200ser ies installationand
manual instr uctions.
MM-5-16
This
page
of the manual has
intentionally
been left
blank, please
I
continue on to
page
MM-5-17 for additional infor mation.
Revised 9-1-75
MM-5-17
IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART (Cont)
PROBABLE CAUSE
REOUIRED ACTION
Engine Roughness: Tr y new spar kplugs.
Check
plug
leads for
continuity
and br eakdown.
Check
magneto
contact assemblies
for
bur ning
or dir t. (Main and
Retar d)
Magneto
Check-Out-Of-Limits:
Inspect contact assemblies for
pr o-
per opening.
IGNITION
Check
plugs
and leads.
TI MINGCHECK F-28A
RUNNINGPOINTS
NOTE:
Magneto
switch
OFF, master switchOFF.
a. Openenginecompar tment panels.
b. Removelower
plug
fr omeach
cylinder .
c. Open
lower seamof
wr ap-ar ound
cowl.
d. Rotate cr ankshaft to
br ing
No.1
piston on compr ession
str oke.
e. Check
timing
mar klocated on star ter
r ing gear suppor tassembly
thr ough timing
holes in
cooling
fan with index mar kon star ter
housing. (Ref.Page
5 39)
f. Set
timing
at 250B.T.D.C.No.1
cylinder .
NOTE: Remove
timing plug
fr omeither
magneto
and check
tosee ifr edindex mar kis inwindow.
g.
Attach
magnetotiming
indicator toeach " P" lead.
h. Rotate cr ankshaft in dir ection of r otation and checkthe
point
opening
of both
magnetos (250B.T.D.C.) to
engine
and both
magnetos
toeach other for
pr oper sync.
RETARD POINTS
a. With
timing
indicator attachedto left
mag.
r etar d
lead, setT.D.C.
of No. 1
cylinder ,
check
timing
mar kon
r ing gear suppor t
assembly thr ough timing
hole in
cooling
fan withindex mar kon
star ter
housing.(Ref.Page
5
39)
b. Rotate cr ankshaft in dir ection of r otation and
checkpoint
opening.
Revised 9-1-75
MM-5-18
c. Retar d
points
to
open
250after
r unning points or atT.D.C.mar k
on
suppor tassembly.
NOTE: 1. Each tooth on r ing gear
is
appr oximately
2 1/30.
2.It is r ecommended that the r etar d
points
be set so
that
they open
when the
piston
is star ted down on
the
power
str oke
appr oximately
10to 30
beyond
T.D.C. This will
keep
the
engine
fr om
kicking
back
dur ing
the
star ting sequence.
POWERPLANT TROUBLESH00ilNG
Exper ience has
pr oven
that the best method of
tr oubleshooting
is to
decide on the var ious causes of agiven
tr oubleand then to eliminate
causes one
by one, beginning
with the most pr obable.
The
following
char ts list some of the mor e common tr oubles,
which
may
beencoun-
ter ed in
maintaining engines
and tur bochar ger s;
their
pr obable causes
andr emedies.
j
i
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
s~
ENGINE TIMING LOCATION
1.TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Failur e of Lackof fuel Checkfuel
system
for leaks.
Engine to
Fill fuel tank. Clean
dir ty lines,
Star t str ainer s or fuel valves.
Over pr iming Leave.ignition
" Off" andmixtur e
contr ol in " ldle-Cut-Off" ,
open
thr ottleand " unload"
engineby
cr anking
for afewseconds.Tur n
ignition
switch on and
pr oceed
to star t in a nor mal manner .
MM-5-19
TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE (Cont)
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Defective
spar k
Clean and
adjustor r eplacespar k
plugs plugs.
Defective Checkwith electr ic
tester ,
and
ignition
wir e
r eplaceany
defectivewir es.
Defective
batter y. Replace
with
char ged batter y.
Impr oper
Clean
points.
Checkinter nal
oper ation
of
timing
of
magnetos.
magneto
br eaker
Lackof sufficient Disconnect fuel line and check
fuel flow fuel flow.
Water infuel Dr ain fuel
injector or car bur etor
injector or andfuel lines.
car bur etor
Inter nal failur e Checkoil scr eensfor metal
par ti-
cles.If
found, complete
over haul
of the
engine may
be indicated.
Failur eof Incor r ect idle
Adjust
mixtur e.
Engine
to mixtur e
Idle
Pr oper ly
Leakinthe Tighten
all connections in the
induction
system
induction
system. Replace any
par ts
thatar edefective.
Incor r ect idle
Adjust
thr ottle
stop
to obtain
adjustment
cor r ect idle.
Uneven
cylinder
Checkcondition of
piston r ings
compr ession
and valve seats.
Faulty ignition
Checkentir e
ignition system.
system
Insufficientfuel
Adjust
fuel
pr essur e.
.pr essur e
LowPower
Mixtur e too r ich
Readjustment
of fuel
injector
and Uneven indicated
by
or car bur etor
by
author ized
Running sluggishengine per sonnel
is indicated.
oper ation,
r ed
exhaustflameat
night.
Extr eme
cases indicated
by
blacksmoke
fr om exhaust.
MM-5-20
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE (Cont)
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Mixtur etoo Checkfuel linesfor dir tor other
lean; indicated r estr ictions.
Readjustment
of
by over heating
fuel injector or car bur etor
by
or backfir ing author izedper sonnel
isindicated.
Leaks in Tighten
all connections. Re-
induction
system pl~ace
defective
par ts.
Defective Clean and
gap
or r eplace spar k
spar kplugs plugs.
Impr oper
fuel
Fill~tank
with fuel of r ecom-
mended
gr ade.
Magneto
br eaker Clean points.
Checkinter nal
points
not timing
of
magnetos.
wor king pr oper ly
Defective Checkwir e with electr ictester .
ignition
wir e Replace
defectivewir e.
Failur eof Leakin the
Tighten
all connections and r e-
Engine
to induction
system place
defective
par ts.
Develop
Full
Thr ottlelever Adjust
thr ottlelever .
Power
outof
adjustment
Impr oper
Checkstr ainer , gage
and flow
fuel flow at the fuel inlet.
Restr iction in Examine air
scoop
and r emove
air
scoop
r estr ictions.
Impr oper
fuel Dr ain and r efill tankwith r e-
commended fuel.
Faulty Tighten
all connections. Check
ignition system
with tester . Check
ignitiontiming.
Rough
Cr acked
engine Replace
or r epair
mount.
Engine
mount
Defective Install new mounting bushings.
mounting bushings
Uneven Checkcompr ession.
compr ession
Low Oil Insufficientoil Fill to
pr oper
level with r e-
Pr essur e commendedoil.
MM-5-21
TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE (Cont)
TROUBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Air lockor Remove and clean oil
pr essur e.
dir t in r elief valve
Leakin Check
gasket
between
accessor y
suction line or
housing
and cr ankcase.
pr essur e
line
High
oil See
" High
Oil
Temper atur e"
in
temper atur e
" Tr ouble" colume.
Defective
Replace.
pr essur egage
Stoppage
in oil Check line for obstr uction.
pump
intake Clean suction str ainer .
passage
High
Oil Insufficient Checkair inlet and outlet for
Temper atur e
air
cooling
defor mationor obstr uction.
Insufficient Fill to
pr oper
level with
specified
oil
supply
oil.
Low
gr ade
of
Replace
with oil
confor ming
to
oil
specifications.
Clogged
oil Remove and clean oil str ainer s.
lines or str ainer s
Excessive
Usually
caused
by wor nor stuck
blow-by r ings.
Failing or Examine
sump
for
metalpar ti-
failed
bear ing
cles. If
found,
over haul of
engine
is indicated.
Defective
Replacegage.
tem
per atu
r e
gage
ExcessiveOil Low
gr ade
of Fill tankwith oil
confor ming
to
Consumption
oil
specifications.
Failing or failed Check
sump
for metal
par ticles.
bear ings
Wor n
pistonr ings
Install new
r ings.
Incor r ect Install new
r ings.
installationof
pistonr ings
Failur e of
r ings
Use miner al base oil. Climb to
to seat (new cr uise altitudeat full
power
and
nitr ided
cylinder s) oper ate
at 75% cr uise
power
setting
until oil
consumption
stabilizes.
MM-5-22
INSPECTION OF FUELSERVOSCREEN
100HOUR INSPECTION
1. Disconnectthr ottleand mixtur econtr ol atser vo unit.
2.Removefuel
pr essur e
linetoser vo.
3. Remove
(4) ser vo mounting nuts and
position ser vo in or der to
r emovefuel scr een.
NOTE: Cr acknut on scr een befor e
disconnecting ser vo unit fr om
engine.
4.After
inspecting scr een for
r esidue,
r einstall inser vo.
5.Place ser vo on engine
and attach four nuts. Hook
up
thr ottle
and mixtur e contr ols.
6.Run
engine
andcheckfor leaksand
pr oper oper ation;
POWERPLANT
FUELDISTRIBUTORVALVE
Removal. To r emove the fuel distr ibutor valve located on
top
of the
Lycoming engine,
the
following must ber emoved: (Ref.Page
5 39.)
a. Remove the 28-12615 left and
r ight
bafflesthatar esecur ed
by
nine
fastener s on eachside.
b.Remove the 28-12614 baffle (center ) by r emoving
17 AN515-8-7
scr ews.
c.This will allow access to the distr ibutor valve for r emoval and/or
installation.
d.After installation of
unit, r un
engine
and checkfor leaks to each
cylinder
befor e
installing
baffles.
POWE RPLANT
OILCOOLER
The oil cooler is of the standar d r adiator
type r elying on air flow for
cooling
effect.
Cooling
air is dir ected fr omthe fan
thr ough
thecooler
cor e and exhausted into the
atmospher e. Regulation
of oil flow
thr ough
the cooler is
accomplished by a temper atur e
and
pr essur e-
sensitive valve located in the
engine accessor y
case in line withthe oil
filter scr een.Maintenancewhich
may
be
per for med
consists of
r emoval,
cleaning, testing,
and installation.
MM-5-23
; i-:
-P:
r :
c~
I
i
:4.
6.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
OILCOOLER AND DUCT INSTALLATION
ATP
Removal of Oil Cooler . The oil cooler is mounted on the
r ight
hand
sideofthe
enginecompar tment.
a. Open
or r emove r ight
side cowl.
CAUTION:
Pay par ticular
attention to
r nagneto
switch OFF
position.
b.Dr ain
appr oximately
1
quar t
of oil fr om the dr ain valve in the
lower
por tion
ofther adiator .
c. Disconnect the inlet line and outlet line to the
r adiator , paying
par ticular
attention that
they ar e plugged
to
keep
r esidue oil
fr om
dr aining
on the floor .
d.Place container beneath the r adiator when
disconnecting
lines to
collect
any
dr ainoil fr omcooler andfr omthelines.
e.Remove seven 8-32 scr ews holding
cooler boot to fan shr oud.
f. Remove the four base AN-3 bolts fr om lower br acket. This will
allowther adiator to be r emoved
easily.
NOTE:
Upon
r emoval of
cooler , visually inspect
r ubber flex
boot for
r ips.Replace
theboot
assembly
if
necessar y.
MM-5-24
OILCOOLER (Cont)
Inspection
ofOil Cooler .
a. Inspect
oil cooler for :
1.
Integr ity
offinish.
2.
Bent,
br okenor dir ty cor efins.
3.
Nicked, bur r ed, or defor med
plumbing fittings.
4.Defor medscr ew holes.
5.Loosebootattachmenttor adiator inlet.
b.
Inspect
oil cooler air ductfor :
1.Cleanliness,
2.
Cr acks, checking, tear s,
dents.
3.
Integr ity
of
mounting flanges.
c. Inspect
oil inletandr etur n linefor :
1.Cleanlinessandfr eedomfr omobstr uctions.
2.
Cr acks, checking, swelling,
and kinks.
3.
Integr ity
ofwir eshield.
4.
Plumbing fitting
for
nicks, bur r s,
and
defor mity.
Leakage
Checkof Oil Cooler .
a. Per for m a hydr ostatic test on the r adiator .
Oper ate test set in
accor dance with manufactur er s
instr uctions, or take r adiator to
cer tified r adiator
shop
and have it
pr essur e
tested for
leakage.
b.Install
pr essur ecap
on oneoil cooler
fitting.
c.Connecttestset to
r emaining
oil cooler fitting.
d.
Regulate
test set
pr essur e
to 150PSI.
e. Checkfor
leakage.
NOTE:
Leakage
is indicated
by escaping
fluid and a dr op
in
r egulator pr essur e.
f. Locateand mar ksour ceof leakif
any.
NOTE: Use standar d
pr ocedur e
to r epair
leaks. If
r equir ed
r epair s ar e inaccessibleor extensive, r eplace
oil cooler
withanew unit. After
r epair s ar e completed,r epeat
Steps a
thr oughe.
g.
Removeoil cooler fr omtest set.
Installation of Oil Cooler . Oil cooler
assembly
and
components
installation
may
be
accomplished as r equir ed
without
having
to r emove
any
additional
equipment.
MM-5-25
OILCOOLER (Cont)
a. Secur er adiator on pylon
withfour AN-3 bolts.
b.Position oil cooler boot on scr oll
mounting flange.
Secur e with
seven 8-32 scr ews.
c.Secur e oil cooler inlet and r etur n lines to
engine accessor y
case.
d.
Thor oughly inspect
oil cooler
assembly installation, tor que on
fittings, secur ity
of lock
wir e, r outing
of
lines,
and
ducting.
e. Per for m
pr eflight inspection;
ser vice
engine
as r equir ed.
f.Per for m
oper ational
checkof
enginepr ior
to
flight.
g. Inspectassembly, following engine
r un
up,
for oil leaks.
h.
Replaceor secur e
r ight
sidecowl.
REMOVALOF OILSCREEN ASSEMBLY
a. Open
sidecowl.
b.Remove
safety
wir e on oil
temper atur e
bulb cannon
plug
and
disconnect.
c. Removefour ~-20scr ews fr omoil scr een
housing.
d.Remove
housing by pulling
for war d.
e. Removescr eenfr omthe
housing.
INSPECTION OF O1LFI LTER ASSEMBLY
a. Inspect
oil filter scr een housing
for :
1.
Integr ity
offinishandcleanliness.
2.
Cr acks, nicks,
bur r sandcor r osion.
3.Studhole
defor mity.
4.
Secur ity
of
temper atur e
bulb.
b.
Inspect
oil filter scr een for :
1.Cleanliness.
2.Dents and br okenmesh.
c. Inspecttemper atur e
sensitivebulbfor :
i.Cleanlinessand
secur ity
of
attaching par ts.
2.
Cr acks, nicks, bur r s, cor r osion,
dents and defor med thr eads.
d.
Inspect
attachedhar dwar e.
e. Assemble and install oil filter
assembly
in r ever se of
disassembly.
f.Secur e
cowl, r un engine,check
for
leaks, secur e compar tment.
MM-5-26
POWE RPLANT
ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
Descr iption.
The exhaust
system
utilizedonthe
engine
consists oftwo
manifolds which r oute
engine
exhaust to the heater -muffler and
single
dischar gepipe.
Removal ofExhaust
System.
a. Remove
r ight
handand left handside
cowling.
b.Removethe
engine
exhauststacksfr om
cylinder s.
c. Removeheater
ducting
fr omfanshr oud.
d.Removeductfr omcabin heat outlet.
e. Disconnectthr eeboltsfr omeach exhaustflex
coupling.
f.This will allow the
complete
manifold
assembly
to be r emoved
as a unit.
Inspection
ofExhaust
System.
a. Upon
r emoval of the
complete
ex.haust
system,
checkthe
flange
mounting
of each exhaust stackfor
cr acks,
distor tion of the
flange
and
pr oper gaskets.
b.Pull bottomcowl.
NOTE: At the 100-hour
inspectionit
will be
necessar y
to
r emove the muffler cover to
inspect
for
any
cr acks
inter nally
which couldcause car bonmonoxideenter -
ing
thecabin.
Installationof Exhaust
System.
a. Assemblethemuffler cuff.
b.Attach each exhaust stackto the
existing cylinder
exhaust
flange.
c. Install manifold
assembly
and attach flexible
coupling
to each
individual exhaust stack.
d.Install all
cowling.
e. Run
engine
and checkfor leaks.
MM-5-27
COLD WEATHEROPERATION INFORMATION
The
over r unning
clutch to be ser viced with Mobil Ar tic " C" oil.
A small fan
may
be used for
cir culating
the air to
keep
thewindshield
clear of
fog.
Cabin heater is of sufficient
capacity
to deliver
adequate
heat.
Pr eheating
of
engine
is
highly
r ecommended to avoid excess wear or
damage
to the
engine
and
engine
oil
system.
Oil is near solid state at
00F.and lower .
Use
pr oper gr ade
oil for the
temper atur e r ange
as r ecommended
by
engine
manufactur er .
Oil in the r eser voir needs most of the
heat; ther efor e, dir ect the heat
to the oil
sump,
lines and oil cooler and then also to the
cylinder s.
Too
r apid
a pr e-heating
is not
good either , as the
magnetos
will
get
wet.
Engines
cooled in
sub-fr eezing temper atur es
will sweat insideand
out. This is evident
by a coat of fr ost on engine
after
pr eheating
is
commenced. Pr e-heat until
engine
is
dr y
and oil
temper atur e
is inthe
highoper ating r ange.
Small
capacity, 2,500
to
5,000
BTU
CatalyticSafety
Heater s can be
best used as soon as air cr aft is shut down for the
day.
Position heater
pr efer ably
in
engine compar tment, keeping
it clear of fuel
lines,
the
sediment
bowl,
and low
enough
to
pr eventscor ching.
Air must beable
to move and br eathe so do not make the
compar tment
air
tight.
Wher e electr ic
power
is
available, use of a couple
200Watt
light
bulbs
under the
engine can do the
job.
Most
impor tant
item is to
keep
off
any
coldblast ofair over the
engine.
At almost
any
cold
temper atur e,
if the
engine compar tment
is
cover ed with an insulated
type blanket,
the
engine
andoil
temper atur e
will r etain its own heat
satisfactor ily
for sever al hour s.
Once the
engine
is
pr e-heated, use a
r egular
star t
pr ocedur e as excess
pr iming can causewet
plugs.
Engine r un down
cooling
is desir able to r educe
possibility
of cr acks
inexhauststacks.
An
aver age batter y can be r un down in
appr oximately
two minutesof
attempted
star ts at 220F.
Thus, pr e-heating engine
andoil is desir able.
Makesur e
your batter y
is in
good
conditionand
fully char ged.
If two or thr ee
attempts
ar e made to star t a cold
engine
and ther e is
only
feeble
fir ing impulses,
r emoveacouplespar kplugs, inspect
for ice.
If ther e is
icing, change
the
plugs or pr eheat
the
engine
befor efur ther
attempts
tostar tar emade.
MM-5-28
POWERPLANT
FUELSYSTEM
Descr iption.
The fuel
system
consists of the fuel
tanks,
leftand
r ight,
fuel booster
pump,
valves and
str ainer , plumbing lines, engine
dr iven
fuel
pump,
and induction
system.
Fuel is
gr avity-fed
fr omthe tanks
thr ough
the
auxilliar y
fuel
pump, valves, filter ,
and
plumbing
lines to
the inlet sideofthe
engine
dr ivenfuel
pump.
Thisfuel
pump
functions
whenever the
engine
is
oper ating
and deliver s aconstant flow of fuel
under a r egulated pr essur e
to the ser vo-contr ol. The ser vo-contr ol
system oper ates by measur ing
the air flow
thr ough
the thr ottle
body
of the ser vo-valve
r egulator contr ol,
and uses this measur ement to
oper ate
a ser vo-valve within the contr ol. The
accur ately r egulated
fuel
pr essur e
established
by
the ser vo-valve is used to contr ol the
distr ibutor valve
assemblage,
which then schedules a fuel flow in
pr opor tion
to air flow.
Components
of the fuel
system
ar e located
thr oughout
the
helicopter .
These items
may
be r emoved
individually
or in
gr oups
as
r equ
ir edto
per for mnecessar y
maintenance.Maintenance
which
may
be
per for med
consists of
r emoval, cleaning,
tr ouble
shooting, adjustment, inspection
and/or
par ts r eplacement,
and
instal lation.
i
FVEL~V" NTr V TRINSNITTER
FILLER NECI(
VENT
FILLERNECI
(5 V.s.GALLONS 15 us GILLONS
r :ll
L
FVEL
SIIV:OFF
VILVE
FUELCONTROL
-Ir lLOTSCOUI:)
i
H*INFUELL1N~
4
G*SOL*TORFILTER
GISOL*TORDR*IN CONTROL
MAIN FUELSYSTEM
MM-5-29
FUEL SYSTEM
REMOVAL OF EXTERNAL FUEL BOOSTER PUMP
a. Tur nfuel andmaster switchOFF.
b.Removedr ainlinefr ombottomof
pump.
c. Remove four NK 500
Nylockscr ews
attaching pump
to
pylon
assembly.
d.Remove inlet line fr om fuel tankand outlet line to fuel str ainer .
e. Disconnect the
positive
wir e at
junction
below
r ight
hand
r elay
panel.
f. Disconnect the
gr ound
electr ical connection on
r ight
hand
r elay
panel.
INSTALLATION OF EXTERNALFUELPUMP
a. Be sur e that fuel
position
valve is OFF and master switch is OFF.
b.Install fuel booster
pump
and attach with four NK 500
Nylock
scr ews
c. Install the inlet andoutlet
lines, making
sur ethatthelinesar e inthe
cor r ect
position
and
taggedas they wer er emoved.
d.Hook
up
the electr ical
wir ing, one to
gr ound,
one to
positive.
e. Attachthedr ain lineto thebottomofthe
pump.
f.Tur n on fuel
system,
activate fuel booster
pump
and checkfor
leaks
pr ior
to
flight.
g.
Mixtur econtr ol in idlecut-off:
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump.
Removal of
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump.
WARNING: Make cer tain fuel contr ol is in the OFF
position.
a. Remove
nut, secur ing
fuel inlet line to
r ight
hand side of fuel
pump.
b. Remove
nut, secur ing
fuel outlet line to left hand side of
pump.
c. Remove
lockwir e, two
mounting bolts,
flat
washer s,
and lock
washer s, secur ing
fuel
pump
to
engineaccessor y
case mounting pad.
CAUTION: Withdr aw
pump str aightaway
fr om
engine
or
damage
may
occur to
pump actuating
ar m.
Inspection
of
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump.
Per for m an inspection
and
oper ational
checkon the
engine
dr iven
fuel
pump
in accor dance with manufactur er s over haul instr uctions.
Installationof
Engine
Dr iven Fuel
Pump.
MM-5-30
INSTALLATION OF ENGINE DRIVEN FUELPUMP
a. Install lockwasher s and flat washer s on two
mounting
bolts in
pump mounting
holes.
b.Install
gasket
on
pump
base over mounting
bolts.
c.Position
pump
over engine accessor y mounting pad
and slide
pump gently
towar d
engine
until the
pump
base is flush
against
mounting pad.
CAUTION: Install
pump by moving str aight
into
engine or damage
to
pump actuating
ar m
may
occur .
d.Secur e
pump
with
mounting har dwar e,
e. Secur e bolts with lockwir e.
f.Position fuel inlet line on r ight
hand side of
pump
and secur e
with nut.
g.
Position fuel outlet line on left hand side of
pump
and secur e
withnut.
NOTE:
On the r emoval and over haul of
any engine component
par t,
tur n fuel ON and check
oper ation
of fuel
system.
FLOW DIVIDER MANIFOLD
FUELCONTROLHANDLE
FUELPRESSURE LINE
ENGINE DRIVEN PUMP
FUELSHUT OFF VALVE"
PILOTS
COMPT.
FUELINLET FROM LIR TANKS
FUEL
PRESSURE SWITCH
O
INJECTOR UNIT
FUEL
FUELPRESSURE INSTRUMENT
BOOSTER
FUEL
STRAINER
PUMP
Ref.Page 5-28
Ref.Page 5-38
ENGINE FUELSYSTEM
MM-5-31
DISASSEMBLYOF FUELSTRAINER
WARNING: Make cer tain fuel contr ol is in the OFF
position.
a. Open
dr ain valve located on bottom of fuel str ainer
assembly
and
dr ainr esidual fuel.
b.Removedr ainline.
c. Cut lock
wir e,
loosen nut secur ing
swivel br acket at bottomoffuel
str ainer
assembly.
d.Rotatebr acket.
e. Remove
base, scr een,
outside bar r el,
and the
top
and bottom
gaskets
fr om~str ainer
assembly.
f. Release
spr ing catch, secur ing
filter scr een to inlet tube at
top
of
fuel str ainer
assembly.
CLEANINGFUELSTRAINER ASSEMBLY
a. Using
solvent or MEK, thor oughly
clean all
por tions
offuel str ainer
housing.
NOTE:
Pay par ticular
attention to
fittings
and
passageways
within
housing body.
b.
Using
solvent and fine br istle br ush, thor oughly
clean exter ior and
inter ior sur faces offilter scr een.
CAUTION:
Damage
to filter scr een will occur if excessive for ce
is used
dur ing cleaning.
c.Air
dr y
all
par ts
offuel str ainer assembly.
INSPECTION OF FUELSTRAINERASSEMBLY
a. Inspect
fuel str ainer
assembly
for :
1.
Nicks, scr atches, bur r s,
cr acksandevidenceof cor r osion.
2.Defor med
mounting
holes.
3.Looseor damaged plumbing fittings.
4.Wor nor
damagedgaskets.
b.In addition to defects descr ibed in
Step a,
checkfuel str ainer filter
scr eenfor :
1.
Rips, dents,
and defor mities.
2.
Dir ty
mesh.
3.
Secur ity
of
spr ing
r etainer
clip
ASSEMBLYOF FUELSTRAINER
a. Install
upper gasket,
wir e mesh
scr een, dischar ge tube,
outer bar r el
and lower
gasket.
MM-5-32
b.Rotate
clamp. Align
locknut with
pad on base of fuel str ainer
assembly housing.
c.Tighten
nut to seat str ainer
par ts.
Rotate nut one-half tur n
far ther , secur e with lockwir e.
d.Close low
point
dr ain valve.
e. Install dr ain line.
f.Position fuel valve ON.
g.
Checkbooster
pump
ON.
h.Mixtur e idlecut-off.
i. Checkfor leaks.
MM-5-33
REMOVALOF FUELTANKS
a. Dr ain fuel
thr ough
fuel
sump
dr ain located on the under side ofthe
leftand
r ight
fuel tanks.
b.After fuel tanks have been dr ained
thor oughly,
disconnect fuel
outlet line at tank.
NOTE:
Cap
lines.
c. Remove 16 each AN525-8-10scr ews fr om each tank
assembly.
d.
Disconnect left and
r ight
fuelvent linesat
top
inboar dsideoftanks
and lower T
fittings.
e. Disconnect
scupper bag
dr ain lines.
f. Disconnect wir e lead to fuel float indicator on top
of
r ight
hand
tank.
INSTALLATION OF FUELTANKS
a. Place left and/or
r ight
tankin
position on
top
of bulkheads.
b.Attach left and/or
r ight
tankwith the 16 each AN525-8-10scr ews.
c.Assemble left and
r ight
fuel vent lines at
top
inboar d side of fuel
tanks and also at lower T
fittings on bottom side of tank.
d.Assemble fuel outlet lines to fuel contr ol valve located on center
top pylonassembly.
e. Install and hook
up
fuel dr ain lines for both left and
r ight
tanks.
f.Hook
up
electr ical connection on liquidometer ,
located on
top
of
r ight
hand tank.
CFUELSYSTEM
PROCEDURE FOR CALIBRATION OF FUELTANK GAGE
1.Place
ship
in
appr oximate
nor mal
flight
attitude.
2.Add
appr oximately
1/3
gallon
of fuel to tank. Zer o
gage
for
unusable fuel.
3.
Gage
shouldbe
adjusted
to zer o by bending
floatar m.
4.Add fuel until
gage
r eads 1/4. (Allow timefor tanks to equalize.)
Recor damountoncalibr ationcar d.
5.
Repeat Step
4 for
1/2, 3/4 Full,
and
" Topped" tank.
Gage
should
be linear 1 tone) gallon on each
r eading, except " Topped"
(full tank).
MM-5-34
FUELSYSTEM
LEAK REPAIR FOR F-28A FIBERGLASSTANKS
Remove tanksfr omthe
helicopter
andfollowtheinstr uctionsas stated.
a. Remove all fuel tr ansmitter
components
and main fuel outlet and
str ainer fr omthebottomofthetank.
NOTE: Caution should be used when
r emoving
the fuel
outletas itis bondedtothetank.
b.
Plug
all
fitting
holes.
c. Fill tanks with one gallon
of
slushing compound
and
plug
fuel
cap
opening.
d.
Slowly
r oll tankto assur e that all sur faces have been
completely
cover ed with
compound.
e. Place tankso bottom is
par allel
to floor and r emove
plug
fr om
main fuel outlet.Allowall excess compound
todr ainfr omthetank.
f.
Open
all holes and for ce-ventilatetankto cur e
slushing compound.
Allow a minimum of
eight
hour s. Checktankto assur e that the
slushing compound
is tack-fr ee.
g. Replace
main fuel outlet and str ainer
using EC~80l,fuel tr ansmitter
components,
and check
sump
dr aintoassur e it is not blocked. Re-
moveexcess slushing
if
r equir ed.
NOTE: AllowEC801to
dr y
tack-fr ee.
h.Place
appr oximately
five
gallons
of fuel in the tankand checkfor
leaks befor e
r eplacing
tankonair cr aft.
MM-5-35
REMOVALOF FUELCONTROLVALVE
NOTE: Pull
r ight
hand tank Ref.
Page
5 33.
a.
Disconnect left and
r ight
fuel inlet lines at fuel contr ol valve.
b.Disconnectfuel outlet linefr ombooster
pump.
c. Disconnectflex cableat fuel contr ol valveon pylon.
d.Remove four AN-3 bolts
attaching
fuel contr ol valve to
pylon
assembly
and r emove unit.
PICOTS
COMPPIRTMENTa,:
i CONTROLI\RM TO
c~
FUELINLET
FROM T~NK
s.
FUELINLET
Y~
FnoM T,NK
i.iir OUTLET TO
ENGINE
I~.r .-:
ORIGINAL
FUELCONTROLVALVE
As Received
By
ATP
ASSEMBLV OF FUELCONTROLVALVE
a.
Install valve at
apex
of
upper pylon assembly
and attach with four
AN-3 boltsand nuts.
b.Connectflex contr ol cableto fuel contr ol valve.
c.Connectfuel outlet lineto booster
pump.
d.Connect leftand
r ight
fuel inletlines.
e. Push infuel contr ol handleto ON
position.
f.Tur nonfuel booster
pump
on instr ument
panel.
g.
Checkfuel
system
for leaks
pr ior
to
engine r un
up.
If no leaks ar e
noted,star t engine
and check
power plant compar tment
for fuel
leaks
pr ior
to
flight.
NOTE: Install
r ight
hand fuel tank Ref.
Page
5 33.
Air box
MM-5-36
POWERPLANT
FILTER INDUCTION SYSTEM
Descr iption.
A
por ous paper
filter Fr am No.CA-151PLor ACA53C
or Pur olator AFP-5 is utilizedto r emove all
for eign
mater ial fr omthe
air befor e it enter s the induction
systemi.
The filter is installed in the
induction
plenum
chamber which is located in the bottom of the
lower
cowling
belowthe
engine.
The fuel
injector r equir es an alter nate air sour ce in the event the air
filter becomes ice cover ed or
plugged.
A spr ing-loaded
door between
the
engine compar tment
and the air filter
housing
is
designed
to
open
as
pr essur e
builds
up
due to a clogged
filter .This
pr ovides war m air
fr omthe
enginecompar tment
tothefuel
injector .
Alter nate air door Air outlet
Air flow
Fuel ser vo
Cover
filter
Filter r etainer
Intake flex bose
Alter nate air door Dr ur fastener s
Raf.per msnent str uctur e
Ref.Top view
Ref.Left side view
Ref.Seat muctur e
Intake flex bose
Air box
Rsf.Fir ewall/ Aiiflow
Scwp
FILTER INDUCTION SYSTEM
MM-5-37
Ser vicing
the filter consists of
r er i~oval, cleaning, inspection of the
filter , plenum chamber , valve,
and
components,
and
r eplacement
ofsame.
To
inspect
and ser vice the filter in the induction
system, pr oceed as
follows:
a. Open
left-hand
engine
cowl.
b.Remove four DZUS fastener s which will allow the cover
assembly
and intake flex hose to be lifted
easily
fr om the filter air box.
c.
Remove filter fr om induction air box and clean inter ior of
air
box,
either
by
the use of
compr essed air ,
tir e
pump
or other
suitable means.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
li
TVPICAL AIR FILTER CARTRIDGE
d.Make a thor ough
checkof the air filter induction
system including
the flexible hose to see that ther e ar e no br eaks in the
system
and
that all
clamps at the
top
wher etheflexiblehose
goes
into theser vo
unitandattachments totheair box ar etight.
e. Checkto see that ther e ar e no obstr uctions in the air
scoop
which
is locatedon thebottomofthe
fuselage.
f.
Fr equency
of
inspection
is deter mined
by
the conditions under
which the
helicopter
is
oper ated.
A
daily inspection
is r ecommended
when the
helicopter
is used for
agr icultur al dusting
and
spr aying
or
is
oper ated
in
extr emely dusty ar eas.
g. Visually inspect
filter element for
dents, tear s,
or
other ~physical
damage.
h.It is r ecommended that anew filter be installed
ever y
100hour s
or ,
as mentioned
above,
when conditions war r ant changing
it.
Upon
MM-5-38
To
inspect
and ser vice the filter in the inductor
system,
(Cont)
installation of the filter
unit, be sur e that the four DZUSfastener s
ar e locked
secur ely
befor e
installing
the left hand side cowl and
pr oceeding
with an
engine r un
up
to checkfor
secur ity
ofall
par ts.
i.Checkoper ation
ofalter nateair door
; by applying pr essur e.
POWERPLANT
COOLINGSYSTEM
Descr iption.
The
cooling
shr oud
system
consists of a fan
assembly,
a shr oud
assembly,
oil
cooler ,-and ducting.
Air is dr awn
by
the fan
and for ced
thr ough
the shr oud into the
cylinder
baffles for
engine
cooling.
A
por tion
of the
cooling
air isductedtotheoil cooler .Com-
ponents
of the
cooling system
ar eattachedtothe
engine
and for m
par t
of the
power plant assembly.
The
shr oud, fan,
oil cooler and
ducting
may
be r emoved while the
power plant
is installed in the air cr aft.
Complete disassembly
of the
cooling system
is
necessar y
for
engine
r emoval. Maintenance which
may
be
per for med
consists of
r emoval,
cleaning,
and/or
r eplacement.
Fan
Assembly.
The fan
assembly
dr aws in outside air and for ces it
thr ough
the shr oud
assembly, pr oviding cooling
air to the
engine
and
other
components.
Removal.To r emovethefan
assembly, pr oceedas follows:
a. Removeouter
cowling assembly.
b.Remove
baggagecompar tment.
c. Remove
jack
str ut and lower
pulley assembly.
Ref.Sect.8-9.
d. Remove for war d tail r otor dr ive shaft
coupling.
Ref.Sect. 15-16
thr u 20.
e. Remove fan fr om lower
pulley assembly.
Ref.Sect.8-9 8-10.
Inspection.
a. Inspect
bladesfor cr acksandnicks.
b.Replace individual blades if cr acks ar e evident,
and r ebalance fan.
Installation.
Replace
above units in r ever se or der and r un engine
befor e
r eplacing
outer cowling.
A TYPICALSCREW ATTACHMENT
7) FOR ENGINE BAFFLING
P: I II
L
F(REPROOF SHROUD i..l
ENGINE BAFFLES
5\ HIII
4) ; --a.
I
I
II
TOP VIEW
1. SHAOUD *55Y.
6
2. BAFFLE-TOP CENTER
3. BAFFLE-TOP-FWD.RIGHT
4. BAFFLE-TOP-AFT.RIGHT
5. BAFFLE-TOP-FWD.L~FT
6. BAFFLE-TOP-AFT.LEFT 00
8. COOLING FAN O
7. FIRE CURTAIN
I: O
o
o
9. OILCOOLER o
10. ENGINE SIDE-BAFFLE
X~M I o
TIMING HOLES
AFT VIEW
OILRADIATOR ASSY.
POWER PLANT COOLING SYSTEM
MM-5-40
POWERPLANT
REMOVAL
a. Remove aft
wr ap-ar ound cowl,
side
panels,
and bottom cowl.
b.Loosen lower sidecowl and allowto
swing
downwar d.
c. Removeexhaust muffler andexhaust
pipes.
d.Remove
jack
str ut and dr ive
pulley.
Ref.
Page
8
9, 8 10.
e. Removefan.
f. Removethe
following baffling
fr om
engine:
Ref.
Page
5 31.
1. Removethe 12612 oil cooler air duct.
2. Removethe 12611fanshr oudbaffle.
3. Remove the 12610fan
shr oud, baffle, and
suppor t
br acket
assembly.
4.Remove the
top engine baffles,
No.2, 3, 4, 5,
6.
g.
Pull fan shr oud
away
fr om
engine.
h. Removeoil cooler andoil cooler lines. Ref.
Page
5 23.
i. Disconnect clutch cable
clamp
at lower
bay cr oss tube.
j.
Remove lower
bay cr oss tubes.
k.Disconnect fuel,.
electr ical lines and
engine
contr ols.
i. Remove aft fan shr oud br ace fr om lower
engine
cr ankcase.
m.Tilt
engine
aft and down to allow
magneto
to clear
pylon.
n. Removeoil br eather linefr om
engine.
o.Place
suppor t
under
engine
and r emovethefour
engine
mount bolts.
p.Slowly
allow
engine
to settleon enginesuppor t.
NOTE: Attach all
existing
har dwar e to contr ols to facilitate
r einstallation.
INSTALLATION
Replace
above units in r ever se or der and r un
engine
befor e
r eplacing
outer
cowling.
MM-5-41~
POWERPLANT
MIXTURE CONTROLRIGGING
To
r ig
themixtur e
contr ol, pr oceedas follows:
a. Removeleft-handside
engine
cowl.
b. Pull mixtur e contr ol (1) to a full lean
position
and check
for full
stop
on injector
unit
(2).
c. Push mixtur e contr ol (1) to full r ich and check
stop on
injector
unit (2).
NOTE: Shouldhave
appr oximately
1/16" cushion.
d. Make
adjustments
as
necessar y
at either r od end near est
mixtur e contr ol lever (3) or at nut (4) on pylon
attachment.
e. Idle
engine
at between 1400 1450RPM and checkfor
pr oper
mixtur e
adjustment.
NOTE: 1. Ref.
Page
5 9 for
adjustments.
2.Rotor shouldbe
disengaged
for this check.
f. Recheckidle
setting
if
necessar y following
mixtur e
adjustment.
g. Inspect
all ar eas wher e
adjustments
have been made
pr ior to
closur eof
enginecompar tment
and
flight
check.
MIXTURE CONTROLREMOVAL
Tor emovethemixtur econtr ol
unit, pr oceedas follows: Ref.
Pages
5-42
5-44.
a. Remove
fiber glass
seat
cover ,
center floor
panel
and nose
tunnel
b. Disconnect mixtur econtr ol fr om
injector
bellcr ank(5).
c. Disconnect nut (4) fr om
pylon
attachment br acket.
d. Remove all
clamps attaching
mixtur e contr ol to str uctur e and
pull
mixtur econtr ol
thr ough
fir ewall for r emoval.
e. Reinstall mixtur e contr ol in r ever se or der and
r ig
the contr ol
per
above instr uctions.
THROTTLE CONTROLRIGGING
To
r ig
thethr ottle
contr ol, pr oceedas follows:
a. Remove
cowling
and
fiber glass
seat cover .
b. For
pr oper
thr ottle
r igging,
locate collective stickas indicated
" Position C" with collective stickin full down
positionagainst
low RPM
" Stop"
then
pull collecting
stickfull
up
" Position D"
r oll thr ottle backto low RPM
Stop.
Ifnotabletocomebackto
low RPM
Stop r eposition
actuator mount nuts for
pr oper
tr avel
r equir ed
8.C;
06
POS(TION " O" i,
12
O
~sp
2
LEAN
t
1
4ia .Fi~:4
our
RICH M)XTURE
)FJ CONTROL
I
81 ii II
U
ji
ii
os
I
II
i
i
I
i
8
i
j,
i
.i
1
.I;
THROTTLE AND MIXTURE CONTROL
MM-5-43
c. Checkthr ottlear m on injector
unit to see that when
fully
OFF
(hits idle
stop) (2).
d. Checkfor full thr ottle at /4
up
collective
position. (Refer ence
position)
NOTE: If contr ol is
pr oper ly r igged, you
should obtain full
thr ottle at or befor e 1/3 collective
up position.
e. Adjustments may
be made
by any
of the
following
methods:
i.
Loosening
of four attach bolts (8) holding pilots
collective
stick(6) and
r otating
collective contr ol to set
stops
located
on bottomofcollective contr ol.
2.
Adjustment
of
push-pull
cable at " B" nuts under
pilots
seat andon pylon
fir ewall attach br acket.
3.
Adjust
r od end at collective (9) or at clevis ar m at
injector
unit (10).
NOTE: 1.Check
copilots
thr ottle
stop
(11) with
pilots
thr ottle in idle or
stop position.
Both should hit
stopssimultaneously.
2.Checkfor full idleoncopilots
collective.
3.Checkfor
any
inter fer ence on inter connecting
r od
(12) between collective contr ols.
4.Checkto see that bottom of
copilots
collective
stickdoes not hit collective
push-pull
tube when
collectivecontr ol is inthefull
up position.
5.The distance bet~nieen the aft side of the
attaching
copilots
collective stickbr acket and aft end of
collective stickshould have
appr oximately
maxi-
mum
exposur e.
6.The distance between the aft end of the
attaching
pilots
collective stickbr acket andthe aft end of
the collective stickshould have
appr oximately
3/4"
exposur e.
f.
Following
the
completion
of
r igging
of the thr ottle
contr ol,
checkmixtur econtr ol and
r eadjust
as
necessar y.
g.
Make
complete inspection
of entir e
system pr ior
to
gr ound
r un
andcheck
flight.
h. Reinstall all
cowling
and
fiber glass
seat.
i. Makefinal
inspectionpr ior
to
flight.
MM-5-44
THROTTLE CONTROLREMOVAL
To r emovethr ottle
contr ol, pr oceed
as follows:
a. Remove
cowling
and
fiber glass
seat.
b. Disconnectthr ottlecontr ol at
injector
unit.
c. Disconnect " B" nutat pylon
attach
fitting.
d. Disconnect thr ottle contr ol at pilots
collective contr ol stick
and
pull
contr ol
thr ough
seat str uctur e.
e. Reinstallnew thr ottlecontr ol in r ever se or der and check
r igging
per
above instr uctions.
f.
Inspect
all wor k
per for med
in
engine compar tment
and under
seat str uctur e pr ior
to
installing fiber glass
seat cover and
closur eof
enginecompar tment.
g.
Check
engineoper ation pr ior
to
flight.
SECTION
MAIN ROTORHUB
ASSEMBLY
SECTION
6
Main Rotor Hub
MM-6-1
MAIN ROTOR HUB ASSEMBLY
Descr iption.
The thr ee bladed main r otor is asimplifieddesign
with a minimumof
bear ings
and
moving par ts.
The main r otor headconsists oftwo outer
hub
plates placed together
with a
spacer
and thr ee univer sal blocks
placed
between them. Two
spline adapter s
attach to the outer sides
of the hub
plates
and
complete
the
assembly.
Thr ee
hydr aulic
damper s
attach to the hub
assembly
and connect to the univer sal
blocks, they damper
the
lead-lag
movement. Thr ee blade r etention
assemblies attach to the univer sal blocks. The thr eemain r otor blades
connect to the r etention assemblies
by
aver tical bolt and
dr ag
link.
ORIGINAL
LOCATION
As Received
By
ATP
RnsntionA~emMy
4.
6 Loi)innubPlaOi-
e. MtiiiiRotor Shstr
MAIN ROTOR HUB ASSEMBLV
Removal.
a. Removethethr eebellcr ankassemblies (1).
b.With theuse of mainr otor shaftwr ench
adapter ,
r emovehub nut (2)
and washer (3),
c. Removemain r otor blades (4).Ref.
Page
6 7.
NOTE: Hold
tip
of blade
up
off down
stop
to keep
fr om
spr eading
blade
gr ip.
d.Withtheuse of a
str ap
ar ound
hub,
liftfr omr otor shaft.
MM-6-2
Disassembly.
a. Removeblade
damper
assemblies (5).
b.Removenut (6) andwasher (7)
fr om
hinge pin (8).
NOTE: Car e should be taken so as not to shear the
23-194-0625
split pin on other side of
hinge pin.
c. Remove
hing pins (8)
fr om
spindles
and univer sal blocks (21).
d.Remove br ackets and har dwar e fr om
upper
hub
assembly (9).
e. Remove
splineadapter s (108 11).
13
(4
~o
(8
10.
C\" " " I" ,
~cZ
o
o
._
n
b~
O
I
f. Removedust
cap (12) and
attaching scr ews.
g.
Remove nuts (13) andwasher s (14).
h. Remove DUwasher s (15).
i. Remove nuts (16).
j.
Remove
locking keys, nuts and scr ews (17).
k.Pr ess out
bear ings (18) and r emove
spacer (19).
MM-6-3
I. Heat
up bear ing
bosses on
upper
hub
plate (20) and r emove fr om
univer sal blocks (21).
m.Heat
up bear ing
bosses on lower hub
plate (22)
and r emove fr om
univer sal blocks 121).
n. Remove
bear ings (23)
fr om univer sal blocks (21) including spacer
(24).
o.Removefour DUwasher s (25) and shims if used.
p. Inspect
-1and-2 lead and
lag stop pads (26).
Inspection.
a. Inspect
28-14241bellcr ankassemblies for
any
excessive
play
and
needof
bushing r eplacements.
b.
Inspect
main r otor shaft thr eads at
top
ofshaft.
c.While main r otor blades ar e off
helicopter , inspect leading edge
for
any
defects, dents,-and
for
secur ity
ofattach
fittings.
NOTE:
Suggest cleaning
blades with
soap
and water and
waxing
blades
occasionally.
d.While blade
damper
assemblies ar e r emoved fr om hub, checkfor
leakage.
NOTE: The main r otor
hydr aulicdamper s ar e factor y
ad-
justed
and field maintenance is not
necessar y.
If
leakage
is detected or no dampening
action is noted
while
moving
blade
thr ough
lead
lag phase,
r etur n
damper to
factor y
for over haul as
necessar y.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
0~891-OB RodEnd
28-14248 -LodeW~
IFi.-:-; 2sloaw
MM-6-4
i.Checktoseethatlockwasher 28-14248 (2)
is installedand
peened
over jam
nut (3) and flat on piston.
2.if excessive
play
is noted in
hydr aulicdamper
r od ends
(1)
r emove and
r eplace.
3.If
necessar y r eplacebushing (4).
4.if
necessar y r eplacebushing (5).
NOTE: Line r eamto .5005 after installation of
bushing
(5).
.500
e. Inspect
28-14233
hinge pins
for excessive
play or
scor ing
that
may
incur .
f.
Inspect
all har dwar eon r otor
systems, including bolts, nuts, washer s,
ahdall thr eadedar eas.
g. Inspect
all DUwasher s if
anyexcessive
looseness has incur r ed in
any
ofthe
attaching par ts.
h.
Inspect
all
bear ings
for
any r oughness
or galling
and
r eplace as
necessar y.
i.
Inspect
the lead and
lag Stop pads
and
r eplace
if
necessar y.
j. Inspect damper
r etention
bushings 28-14252 (6)
upper
and lower
hub
plates.
Assembly.
a. Pr ess
bear ings (23) on univer sal blocks (21).
b.Pr ess
bear ings (23)
in univer sal blocks (21)
with
spacer
(24)
in the
center of thetwo
bear ings.
c. Place DUwasher s (25) over bear ings (23)
with the DU
facing
down
ontheuniver sal blocks 121). Replace
shims if used.
NOTE: Blockswithcastalated
par t
down.
d.Heat
up upper
hub
plate (20)
and inser t univer sal blocks (21).
NOTE: DUwasher tofitintoslots inhub
plate.
e. Heat
up
lower hub (22) and
tap
onto univer sal blocks (21).
NOTE: DUwasher s to fit into slots in hub
plate
with DU
washer (15)
facing
down on univer sal blocks 121).
f. Install nuts (16)
and secur e locking keys (17) with NK500-8-6
scr ews
g.
Install nuts (13)
and lockwasher (14)
and secur ewith
tang.
Install
thedustcover (12) andsecur ewithNK500-8-6 scr ews.
h.Install
spacer
(19) between
hug plate
and
pr ess
in
pins (18).
i. Install
spline adapter s (10 11).
NOTE: Line
up
mar ks on spiines.
i; \i
uPPeRHuaPUTE
LOWER HUB PLATE
ll; ,-----; ---i:
:R
i~" i-.
SPACER
it~
SPLIAIE ADAPTER
; ~ng
r
n
6
ul
MAIN ROTOR HUB ASSEMBLY
ORIGINAL
AsReceived
By
ATP
MM-6-6
j.
Install br ackets (9) and
attaching
har dwar e.
k.Put into
place
two DU washer s (25) on univer sal block(21).
NOTE: DU washer s to face outboar d of univer sal blocks.
i. Slide
spindleassembly
into
place.
m.Inser t
hingepin (8).
NOTE: Line
up
23-094-0625
splitpin.
n.Place washer (7)
and nut (6) on hinge pin (8). Nut to be
tor qued
sufficiently so that20to 25 in./lbs.is
r equir ed
attheblader etention
bolttomovether etention
assembly
28-14234.
NOTE: Secur e
tang
washer s.
o. Install blade
damper s (5). Tor que pivot
bolt to 190in./lbs.
NOTE: Checkr etention bolt for tightness
InstallationofMain Rotor HubonShaft.
a.Withtheuse ofa
str ap,
install hub onr otor shaft.
NOTE: Ref. WATCH HUB PHASING. Move
dog leg
28-16128 over
top
of 28-16198
push-pull
r od.Have
one blade 900to
r ight
of
ship.
Assemble hub to
shaft so
punch
mar ks on hub
spline
teeth str addle
punch
mar ked
splineonshaft.
b.Place washer (3) and nut (2) on main r otor shaft.
c. Install thr eemainr otor blades (4).
d.With the use of main r otor shaft wr ench
adapter , tor que
nut (2)
to 400ft./lbs.
e. After
tor queing
nut to
r equir ed tor que, safety
wir e in 2
places
with
.040wir e.
f. Install the thr ee bellcr ankassemblies (1).
NOTE:
Inspect
entir e
assembly
and r un engine
and
engage
r otor
systempr ior
to
flight.
MAIN ROTOR BLADE RETENTION ASSEMBLV
Descr iption.
The main r otor r etention
assembly
is
composed
of a
niachined aluminum
gr ip bear ing
case and a spindle bear ing
shaft on
which is
positioned
two
bear ings
and a sleeve
spacer .
This
assembly
is held on the
pinion
shaft with a thr ust nut. Each of the thr ee main
r otor blade assemblies is attached to the outboar d blade r etention
assembly by a
high-str ength
ver tical bolt.
By actuating
the
cyclic
or
collective
contr ols,
the
pilot changes
the tilt of the fixed
swashplate
assembly
which is beneath the
pitch bear ing assembly
located above
the
engine compar tment.
A
r otating swashplate
follows thetiltofthe
fixed, non-r otating swashplate.
Thr ee
pitch ar m contr ol assemblies
MM-6-7
that ar e enclosed in the mast
assembly
linkthe
walking
beams on
top
of the r otor hub to the
r otating swashplate,
and
var y
the
pitch angle
ofthemainr otor blades.
.-r I
a.
~i
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
-a-
ATP
~s
3d
7. Waher .
Cis~"
CO*l
Nut
ib; :1~1J.
LBmaRsx
" i-
Removal. To r emove r etention
assembly, pr oceed as follows:
a. Remove blades
by pulling
bolt (19), washer
(20), nut (21) and
disconnecting
har dwar e (22)
fr om
tr ailing edge
of blade.
NOTE Holce
tip
of blade
up
off down
stop
to
keep
fr om
spr eading
blade
gr ip.
b. Remove
damper assembly.
c. Removenut andwasher (17 16) fr om
hingepin (16).
NOTE 2: When
r emoving damper
r od end r etention
bolt,.
do
not loose the two
spacer
washer s on
upper
andlower
sur faceof r odend.
NOTE 3: Car e should be taken so as not to shear r oll
pin on
lip
side of
hing pin
(.16).
d. Remove
hinge pins (16) fr om
spindle
assemblies (6) and univer sal
blocks.
Disassembly.
To disassemble blade r etention
assembly, pr oceed as
follows:
a. Remove dust cover s ~1).
b.Remove cotter pins (2).
REF.
GREASEPURGESCREW 19
o a.
s~
51
j
4
3
11ci~" Br ,
,o ~i
i
13
i
a
15
B
ii
12
~B21
\liY
Q O
T
8
REF. u
ZERKFITTINGS
REF.
,7
cl
MAIN ROTOR BLADE
C7
I
RETENSION ASSEMBLY
do
MM-6-9
c. Remove r etention nuts (3).
NOTE: This nut is not
inter changeable
and is dr illed on
assembly.
d.Remove Lamiflex
bear ing (4).
e. Heat
up
blade
gr ip (5) and r emovefr om
spindle (6).
f.
Inspect dr oop stops 17).
Removeand
r eplaceas
necessar y.
g.
Remove " O"
r ing (8) and DUwasher (9).
h.Remove
snap r ing (10).
i. Remove
bear ings (118 13) with
spacer
(12).
j.
Removeseal (14).
k.
Ir lspect
and
r eplace
all
par ts as
necessar y.
Inspection.
a. Inspect
all
bear ing
sur faces for
scor ing, scr atches,
and
galling.
b.
Inspect
and
r eplace
if
necessar y
the Teflon sleeve (15) on outboar d
end of
spindleassembly.
c. Inspect
thr eads on spindle assembly
and on all
attaching
bolts.
d.
Suggest r eplacing
all
bear ings
and seals on over haul.
Assemble. To assemble main r otor blade r etention
assembly, pr oceed
as follows:
a. Place seal
(14) on spindle (6).
b.Pr ess
bear ing (12) and
spacer
(13) on spindle (6).
c. Pr ess
bear ing (11) on spindle (6) and install
snap r ing (10)
in slot
in
spindle (6).
d.Install DU washer (9)
with
champhor
down towar d
bear ing.
e. Install " 0"
r ing (8).
NOTE: Install
special
tool
spacer
on the under side of
seal (14).
f. Heat blade
gr ip
and install over spindle assembly (6), placing on
top
of
special
tool.
NOTE: Allow
assembly
to cool
slightly
and r emove special
tool.
g. Complete tapping gr ip (5) onto spindle (6) and be sur e it is down
andsecur ed.
NOTE: Checkthe dimension fr omthe r ear of the blade
gr ip
(5) to foot of
spindle
(6). This dimensionshouldbe
.125" . This is an inspection
tochecktoseewhether
the " 0"
r ing
(8) or DUwasher 19) has been leftout
onassembly.
r
iB
----F__~I-
!WALKINGBEAM BRACKETS
T UPPERHUB PLATE
HINFE PIN
:I
d
B
i
LOWE R HUB PLATE
RETENTION ASSEMBL
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
ATP
MM-B11
h.Install Lamiflex
bear ing (4) with blade
gr ips
set at
appr oximately
120
positive pitch.
Install Lamiflex
bear ings car efully so as not
to br eak
tangs.
NOTE: Cool down
assembly completely pr ior
to
tor queing
nutto 15 to20in./lbs.
i. Install cotter
pin 12).
NOTE: If cotter
pin
hole doesnt
align
after nut has been
tor qued,
shimbehind
bear ing as
necessar y.
j. Replacecap
withfour scr ews (1).
NOTES ON LUBRICATION: Remove
top
scr ew (17) in cover
bssembly (1) and
gr ease
blade
gr ip
until
gr ease
comes outofthis hole
in a
steady str eam fr ee fr omair . This shows that the
gr ip
has been
pr oper ly pur ged.
Reinstall scr ew (17) in cover
assembly
(1) and
r emove scr ew (18) in the
gr ip assembly (5).
Again pur ge thr ough
ZERK
fitting
until
gr ease
exudes fr om this hole. Reinstall scr ew
118). This
completes
the
pur ging
ofthe
gr ip assembly.
NOTE: Main r otor attach bolt to be
tor qued
to600
in./lbs.,
dr ag
linkbolt to be
tor qued to 150in./lbs.
Installation. To install main r otor blade r etention
assembly, pr oceed
as follows:
Reinstall in r ever se of r emoval
pr ocedur e.
MAIN ROTOR RETENTION SYSTEM
Lamiflex
Bear ing Change.
a. Remove mainr otor blades or bladeas r equir ed.
b. Removecover (1).
c. Removecotter key (2).
d.With
special
1-13/161~
socket, r emovenut (3).
a. Remove Lamiflex
bear ing (4) andshims ifused.
f. Measur ethickness of old Lamiflex.
g.
Measur ethickness of new Lamiflex.
h.Shimas r equir edto old Lamiflex
bear ing
thickness.
i. Should new
Lamiflex
bear ing
be thicker , r emove shims,
if
any,
or
gr ind bear ing
sur face of nut on sur face
plate to
give
15-20in./lbs.
tor que
and line
up
withcotter key
hole (2).
j.
Nut (3) and
spindle (1) dr illed as assembly. Keep.together .
CAUTION: Excessive
tor que
will cause stiff
cyclic
contr ol.
SECTION
MAIN ROTOR
TRANSMISSION
SECTION
7
Main Rotor Tr ansmission
MM-7-1
MAIN ROTOR TRANSMISSI ON
DESCRIPTION
The main r otor
gear
box dr ive
assembly
is aspir al
bevel
gear
setwitha
shaft
angle
of 900. The
r ing
and
pinion gear s
ar e manufactur ed fr om
for ged alloy
steel for
pr oper gr ain
flow and str uctur e.
They ar e
car bor ized,
case-har dened and machined to
pr ecision
toler ances.
Because of the
high
contact r atio which can be obtained
by
the
spir al
angle,
the
over lap
ofcontactcontr ibutestosmoothand
quietoper ation
as well as added
str ength.
The
pinion
is
str addle-mounted, using
taper ed
r oller
bear ings
for
car r ying
both r adial and thr ust
loading.
The main
gear housing
is made of cast aluminum
alloy
and is
designed
to pr ovide
the
r igidity necessar y
tor eacttothe
gear
loads.A wet
sump
splash system
is utilized to
pr ovide adequate
lubr ication to the
r ing
and
pinion gear s.
This eliminates the need for a
gear pump.
The
centr ifugal
for ce of the oil on the
r ing gear
for ces the oil
thr ough an
exter nal tube which lubr icates the lower
taper ed
main shaft r oller
bear ing. Also,
due to the
centr ifugal
for ce of the oil
outwar dly,
the
oil is contr olled to the outer two
pinion taper ed
r oller
bear ings by an
oil
slinger
and conducted backinto the tr ansmission
by passageways.
The
gear
box
capacity
is 51/2
pints
of Mobil extr eme
pr essur e
oil
SAE 80-90. A
magneticplug chip
detector is locatedinthe
sump,
and
can be r emoved to
inspect
for metallic
par ticles.
An
oiltemper atur e
sensor is also mounted in the
sump
and is connected toa
temper atur e
gage
on the instr ument
panel
which is r edlined at 2200F. Per iodic
Inspections
of the
pinion gear may
be made
by r emoving
thescr een
on
top
of the
gear
case adjacent
tothe
pinionhousing.
A scr een inthe
oil filler
cup pr events lar ge for eign par ticles
fr om
being deposited
into
the
gear
case when
adding
oil. Br eather is attached to the
upper gear
case to pr ovide
ventilation for the case. A
sight gage
is locatedonthe
lower
r ight
hand side of the tr ansmission to checkfor oil
level,
nor mal level is 1/2 window with
ship
level. Tr ansmission should be
kept
fr ee fr om abr asive
par ticles
to
pr olong
the life of the
gear s
and
bear ings.
A
magneticchip
detector is located on the
r ight
hand lower
side of tr ansmission. The
r ing
and
pinion gear s
ar e ser ialized as a
matched
pair .
The main r otor
gear
box dr ive shaft is made of 4130
steel
tubing.
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY
REMOVAL OF MAIN ROTOR SHAFT AND TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLY
To r emovethetr ansmission
assembly:
a. Removebladesandhub
assembly. (Ref.Sect.6-7)
b.Dr ainfuel fr omleftand
r ight
handtanks.
c. Removefuel tanks.
(Ref.Sect.5-33
MM-7-2
d.Remove
wr ap-ar ound
cowl.
e. Removebelt
assembly.
(Ref.Sect.8-1)
f. Disconnect the two
push-pull
tubes at lower
swashplate
attachment.
g.
Disconnect tachometer and
temper atur e pickup wir ing.
h.Disconnect
push
r odtubefr omcollectivebellcr ank.
i. Remove four
mounting
bolts and nuts fr om tr ansmission
housing.
j.
Install
special
tool T-0017 ontop
of mast.
k.Use hoist and lifttr ansmission
assembly
fr om
pylon.
CAUTION: When
lifting
tr ansmission fr om
pylon,
do not allow
pulley
tostr ikecowl fr ame.
NOTE: In the event complete
over haul of the
gear
box is
r equir ed,
the unit must be r etur ned to the
factor y.
MAIN ROTOR TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLYOF MAIN ROTOR SHAFT ASSEMBLV
To disassemble the main r otor shaft
assembly, pr oceed as follows:
a. Dr ain oil fr om main r otor tr ansmission
by r emoving plug on
lower left side of tr ansmission and
attaching
dr ain line to allow
oil todr ainintoacontainer .
b. Remove
temper atur e
bulbfr omlower sideoftr ansmission.
c. Remove
magneticchip
detector fr omlower r ight
sideoftr ansmission
andcheckfor metal
par ticles.
d.Remove the bolts
(24), washer s (25) and nuts (26)
that secur e the
upper
and lower case halves
together .
e. Stand tr ansmission on floor with shaft
upside
down and
give a
shar p
blow on piece
of har dwood or r ubber on floor . This will
allowthe
top
case to be r emoved.
f. Removethr ust
bear ing (21)
fr omshaft (4).
g.
Remove seal
housing
(18) fr om bottom of
r ing gear
car r ier
assembly (2) by r emoving
the
eight
nuts and washer s(l9 and20).
assembly
h.Install
special
tool
r ing
T0028 to take
up spacing
after r emoval of
seal
housing (19).
NOTE: Thistool tobeusedas a
puller adapter .
i. Install
special
tool T0006 on bottom side of
taper ed spacer
(5).
j.
Install
special
tool T0005 on bottom of thr ust nut (14) and
snug up.
MM-7-3
k.Install apuller over r im of
special tool T0028 andattachtobottom
of
special
tool T-0005. This will
r emove the bottom cover (8).
i.
Inspect r ing
and
piniongear s
for excessivewear .
m.Replacebear ings (11and21)
if
necessar y.
n.Replace
seal (32) and " 0"
r ing (22).
o.Checkall
gaskets.
Color denotes thickness and if
necessar y
to
r eplace, usesamethickness
gaskets.
~i"
4
R
j29
h" C
83311
27
O
Bls
I
e~
MM-7-4
MAIN ROTORTRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLYOF MAIN ROTORSHAFT ASSEMBLY
To assemble the main r otor shaft
assembly,
follow this
pr ocedur e:
a. Assemble the
r ing gear
(1) to car r ier (2) by installing
bolts and
washer stosecur ethe
assembly.
b.
Tor que
the bolts to 240in./lbs.and
safety
wir e bolts in
pair s
with
.041
safety
wir e.
NOTE: The
r ing gear s
and car r ier s ar e matched and ar e
tor emainas aset.
c. Clean mast
splines pr ior
to
assembly
on car r ier .
d.Clean
splines
on car r ier , assemble to
mast, apply
Locktite to
splines.
CAUTION:
Apply
Locktite
spar ingly.
e. Install car r ier
assembly, composed
of
r ing gear
andcar r ier (1
and
2)
on r otor shaft
(4), aligning
the index mar kon car r ier
assembly
to
index mar kon r otor shaft.
f. Install
spacer
(5) on shaft
(4)
with
champhor ed
end towar d car r ier
assembly (2).
g.
Install
taper ed
sleeve (6) onshaft (4).
CAUTION: Small end of
taper
must face
away
fr om car r ier
assembly (2) to allovv
bear ing
to seat pr oper ly.
h.Install the
eight
bolts
(7)
and washer s in cover assembly (8).
i. Install shims
(9).
These shims should be the same thickness as
r emoved on the
dis-assembly, as they
assist in the
pr e-loading
of
thematched
gear
set.
j.
Install
bear ing (11)
in
bear ing housing (10).
Per matex the bottom
ofthe
housing
befor einstallation.
k.Install
bear ing
shim(12).
i.
Apply
Per matex to r etainer
(13),
and install.
m.Tempor ar ily
install har dwar e
(7, 19,
and
r 0).
n. Install cover assembly (8) over
taper
sleeve (6) and install four
boltsandwasher s (34 and 33).
o.Install and
tor que
nutto 4,000
in./lbs.or 333
ft./lgs.
NOTE: This nut has been
pr e-dr illed
at the
factor y
and
will
only
match one
way.
p.
Install
pin (15)
and cotter
pin (16) secur ing
the nut (14) to the
shaft
(4).
q.
Remove
tempor ar y
har dwar e(19 and
20).
MM-7-5
r .Apply
STP toseals
117) andinstall inseal
housing (18).
s. Apply
Per matex 3Hto
top
ofseal
housing (18).
t.Assemble
housing (18) to bottom of
r ing gear
car r ier
assembly
(8) and attach the washer s (19) and nuts (20) to bolt (7).
u.This
completes
the installation of the bottomcase cover
build-up.
v.Clean
piniongear
withAcetoneto r emovefor eign
matter .
w.Apply blueing
to
piniongear
and
r ing gear .
NOTE: A
light,
even coat of
blueing
is
r ecommended, as a
heavy, uneven coat will affect
gear
backlash
r eadings.
x.Heat
upper bear ing (21).
NOTE: Do not heat
bear ing hot, as
gr ease
will meltandflow
fr om
bear ing.
y.
Install
bear ing (21) onr otor shaft (4) withseal sideof
bear ing facing
top
of mast.
CAUTION: Be sur e bear ing
is seated
pr oper ly
on r otor shaft.
z. Install case housing
seal (22),
linear " O"
r ing on lower cover (8).
aa.Check
r ing gear
(1)
for
any for eign
matter .
bb.Heat
upper bear ing
seat in
upper
tr ansmission
housing.
cc.Set r otor shaft in ver tical
position.
Lower
upper
tr ansmission
housing (23) over mast 14).
NOTE: As
you
match
upper
and lower
cases,
r otate
pinion
for
pr oper
mesh. Befor e
seating upper
and lower
tr ansmission
cases,
makecer taincollective
yokepivot
point
on lower case (8) is 1800fr om
pinion
shafton
upper
case (23).
dd.lnstall seal (32) over shaft (4) and seat in
upper
tr ansmission
housing.
ee.lnstall 11each bolts
124),
washer (25) and nuts (26) and 4 each
(27),
washer
(28),
washer
(29), nut (30) and cotter
pin (31) to
secur e
upper
and lower case halves
together .
ff.
Tor que
boltsto70in./lbs.
MAIN ROTORTRANSMISSION
PINION SHAFT
Removal and
Disassembly.
Pr ior to
disassembly
of~the main r otor
pinion shaft,
it will be
necessar y
to r emove the
jackstr ut and
pulley
assembly. (Ref.Section 6.) To disassemble
pinion shaft, pr oceed as
follows:
MM-7-6
a. Removethesix
bear ing
r etainer bolts (1).
b.Remove
bear ing
r etainer (2).
c. Remove r etainer seal
(3),
followed
by
r emoval of the shim (4)
located between the
bear ing
r etainer (2) and hat section (11).
d.Heat tr ansmission
housing (13)
andi r emove the oil
slinger (8),
bear ing (9), spacer 17), bear ing (6), spacer
(5) as an assembly.
NOTE 1: If
necessar y,
r emove shim (10) and hat section(ll)
located in tr ansmission
housing.
NOTE 2:
Keep
shims (118 4) in
pr oper
or der for r ein-
stallation ease.
e. Following
the r emoval of the above
assembly,
heat
bear ing (6)
and r emove
spacer
(5).
f.
Inspect bear ings
for
r oughness
and
galling; r eplace
if
necessar y.
g. Inspect pinion
shaft and thr eads for defects. Checkwoodr uff
key
way
for excessive
play
and
r eplacekey
if
necessar y.
h.
Suggest r eplacing
r etainer seal (3) on ir istallationof
pinion assembly.
Build-Up
and Installation.
a. Clean
pinion
shaft
(12).
b.Install oil
slinger (8) on pinion
shaft (12) with
lip facing piniongear .
c. Heat
bear ing (9) and install on pinion
shaft (12) with
bear ing
number s
facing
aft.
d.Install
spacer
(7) on pinion
shaft (12).
NOTE: Make cer tain
spacer
(7) seats on shaft
lip
112).
e. Heat outboar d
bear ing (6)
and install
spacer
(5) into
bear ing
with
spacer lip on number ed side of
bear ing.
f. Reheat
bear ing housing
and install
bear ing (6) and
spacer
(5) with
sleeve
lip
and
bear ing
number s
facing aft,
outboar d.
g.
Allowshaft to cool.
h.ILieasur e distance fr om oil
siinger (8) inboar d side to inner r ace of
outside
bear ing (6).
i. Calculate shims
r equir ed
if this is a new installation of
bear ing,
shims, etc.
j.
Heat
housing assembly
and install shims
(10),
hat section (11) into
case (13).
k.Install r etainer seal (3) into
bear ing
r etainer (2) and
place
the .001.
shim
(4)
between
bear ing
hat (11) and
bear ing
r etainer 12).
i. Heat
housing (13) and inser t
pinionassembly build-~p.
m.lnstall bolts and nuts (1) attaching bear ing
r etainer
(2) to tr ans-
mission
housing (13) and
tor que
boltsto70in./lbs.
MM-7-7
NOTE i: Refer to
jack
str ut and
pulley assembly
infor mation
for
completion
of
upper pulley assembly
on
output
pinion
shaft.
NOTE 2:
Upon completion
of
upper pulley
and
jack
str ut
installation, r un
up engine
and
engage
r otor
system
to checkfor r unout and
pr oper oper ation
of
system.
:3:al
ORIGINAL :i
As Received
By
ATP
I S
REF.28-13126
ROTORSHAFT ASSEMBLY
MM-7-8
INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
To install main r otor tr ansmission:
a. Place
special
tool T-0017 on top
of mast.
b.
Using hoist, place
shaft and tr ansmission on top
of
pylon mount.
Attach with the four
bolts, washer s,
and nuts. Tor que to 100
in./lbs.,
up
to
key
slot.
c. Connect the two push-pull
tubes at lower
swashplate
attachment.
d. Install belt
assembly.(Ref.Sect.
8-1, 8-2).
e. Install
wr ap-ar ound
cowl.
f. Install fuel tanks.(Ref.Sec. 5-33).
g.
Install blades and hub
assembly.(Ref.Sec.6-2 and 6-7).
MAIN ROTOR TRANSMISSION
PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING RING AND PINION BACKLASH
AND ROTOR MAST RUN-OUT
a. Remove tr ansmission oil level
sight gage plug.
b. Inser t dial indicator
pr obe thr ough
hole so pr obe r ests oncenter of
gear .
Attach dial indicator to tr ansmission case secur ely.
c. Hold tr ansmission
pinion
shaft and tur n main r otor shaft in dir ec-
tion of r otation until backlash is taken
up. Repeat
and r ecor d
r eading on dial indicator . Checkat four
places appr oximately
900fr om each other .(.004 to .006
r equir ed limits.)
NOTE 1:
Readings may
be r ecor ded on r otor shaft to assist
in
locating high spots or low
spots
on
gear
r un-out.
NOTE 2: Thickness of
blueing applied
to
gear
teeth will
affect backlash.
d. Measur e r un-out of mast at sur face just
below hub
splines.
(Maximum total limit .010.)
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
I
REF;
RING P1NIQN BACKLASH
CMECi( HEjiE; :
MAIN.ddiodSHAi~i
i~i 011LEVIL(NDICATOR
C~
i~ i:
fRANSMISSION t-
j, YENT LINE il,
r ii
~,IC2
; t00LiNGTAPiNSHISSI~N
1LFILLER
9 i
,i
a
K
" :i; :::~::
~1i
:I:
I
ORIGINAL
MAIN TRANSMISSION SERVICINGPOINTS
As
Received
By
ATP
CONCAVE SIDE TOOTHBEARINGSON DRIVEN GEAR
CONVEX SIDE
Cor r ect tooth bear ing positionwith
SL3
accur ateandr igidmounting.
Out of Position Bear ing
Cause: Pinion too close to cone
Remedy: Move pinion away
fr om
center .
cone center .
Out of Position Bear ing
Cause: Pinion too far fr om cone
center .
Remedy: Movepiniontowar dcone
center .
Cause: Shafts do not inter sect.
Cr oss Bear ing
Remedy: Lineup shafts.
Cause: Shafts do not inter sect.
Cr oss Bear ing
Remedy: Line up shafts.
Toe Bear ing
Cause: Shaft angletoo lar ge.
Remedy: Cor r ect the shaft angle.
Heel Bear ing
Cause: Shaft angletoo small.
Remedy: Cor r ect the shaft angle.
TOOTHPATTERNS
Sight Gage
~ga
~siib$r
L n
i~-$a
:; o? ,
r
I
" IT~
ORIGINAL
AsReceived
By
ATP
SECTION
BELT DRIVE
ASSEMBLY
SECTION
8
Belt
Dr ive
Assembly
MM-8-1
BELT DRIVE SYSTEM
CLUTCHENGAGEMENT SYSTEM (Ref.8-13)
Descr iption. The clutch
engagement system
is contr olled fr om the
cabin
by means of aclutch
engagement
lever . The lever is connected
to a
push-pull
contr ol cable that in tur n pulls an idler
pulley against
the main dr ive
polly
" V" belt. The
position
of the idler
pulley
is
deter mined
by
the
pr oper adjustment
ofthe
spr ing
tension
capsule
and
the
over -center ing
device. Once
engaged,
the contr ol lever can be
lower ed to the cabin floor in astowed
position.
The
push-pull
contr ol
cable has two lube
points, one located aft of the main cabin fir ewall
at the
suppor t
br acket and the other
just
below the
suppor t
br acket
mounted to the left r ear pylon
str uctur e. These ar e
gr eased
with
Aer o-shell 14.
BE LT REMOVALPROCEDURE
To r emovethedr ivebelt
assembly, pr oceed
as follows:
a. Remove
wr ap-ar c,und
cowl and
baggagecompar tment.
b.Remove the four bolts (2) connecting
the
upper
end of
jack
str ut
(4) tothe
bear ing housing (6-a).
NOTE:
Keep
shims (3)
together .
CAUTION:
Tempor ar ily safety
wir e str ut
assembly
(4) to the
bear ing housing
(6-a) to keep
it fr om
falling
and
cocking
the
bear ing
(10) in lower dr ive
pulley
(9).
c. Cut
safety
wir e and with 3/4" SOCkef r emove the six bolts (1) fr om
lower dr ive
pulley (9).
d.
Car efully pull
dr ive
pulley (9) and str ut
assembly (4)
fr om the
pr op flange
end and liftfr eeof thebelt.
NOTE:
Keep
shims
together
with
pulley (9).
CAUTION: Exer cise car e not to cockthe
self-aligning bear ing
(10) in the
pulley
(9) by letting
the
jack
str ut (4)
deflect. If
bear ing
should
get cocked,
dont for ce
it to
str aighten; just slowly
r otate the
pulley
until
it
aligns
itself.
e. Remove thefour Alienscr ews or tur nwith
spir al
lock
coupling
fr om
tail
r otor
for war d dr ive shaft
coupling
and r emove the aft
taper pin
inthe
coupling.(Sect.15 16.)
f.
Separ ate coupler
and slide it aft on tail r otor dr ive shaft. This
exposes
a
gap
of
appr oximately
/211.
g.
Remove r ear actuator ar m (4) fr om idler
pulley (7) and
position,
leaving
r oller (19) connected on one side. (Ref.8-2)
h. Loosen nut on for war d end of idler
suppor t
shaft (3)
and r otate
the eccentr ic shaft to maximum clear ance fr om
top pulley.
(Ref.Sect.8-3)
MM8-2
19
21
ZEAK FITTING
30~3
~O
32
ze
e
33
24
4
.Is
E~6
~19
185
13
Q
7
18
16 80
W
17 13
LOOSEN, DONOT REMOVE
2
1 5
1
15
9
Otb 12
\O
7
$O
11
o
10
(4
9
14
MM-8-3
NOTE:
Suggest
index
mar king
shaft
li~osition
befor e
loosening.
i.
Car efully ease the belt off the
top pulley
and then
slowly
and
car efully
slide the belt
ver tically
bCtween the tail r otor dr ive
shaftandthefor war d
coupling.
BELT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (Ref.Section8-2.)
To install thebelt
assembly, pr oceedas follows:
a. Slide the belt
ver tically
betweenthetail shaftandfor war d
coupling,
and then
slowly
and
car efully
ease the belt on
top
of the
upper
pulley (9-a).
b.Install r ear actuator ar m.(4) on idler
pulley (15)
and r oller (19).
c. Attach for war d tail r otor dr ive shaft
coupling
between
output
pinion
shaft and tail r otor shaft,
and install the aft
taper pin.
d.
Car efully
install the dr ive
pulley (9-a) and str ut
assembly (4)
on the
pr op flange. Pay par ticular
attention to install the shims
attached between
pulley
and
pr op flange.~ (Ref.
Section8-8.)
e. Install the six bolts (1)
that attach the lower dr ive
pulley (9)
tofanassembly
and
safety. (Ref.Figur e30.)
f.Connect or install the four bolts (2) connecting
the
upper
end
of
jack
str ut (4) to the
bear ing housing (6-a). (Ref.Figur e 30.)
NOTE:
Keep
theshims
together
(3).
g. Engage
clutch and checkfor
pr oper r igging. (Ref.Section
8-11.)
h.
Adjust
belt r oller (19) to /4" clear ance between belt sur face and
r oller . Luber oller (19)
withAer o-shell 16
gr ease.
(Ref.Figur e28.)
i. Tr ackidler
pulley.
1. Remove
wr ap-ar ound
cowl if
baggage compar tment
is installed.
2.Loosen 15/16" nut on for war d side of idler
adjusting
shaft (3).
(Do Not Remove.)
3.Star t
engine
and
slowly engage
r otor
system
while
obser ving
i: Idler
pulley
tr ackon belt.
4.With 7/8" wr ench, tur n idler shaft
(3)
until
pulley
tr acks on
belt.
5.
Tighten
15/16" nutonfor war dendofidler shaft
(3).
shaft
.(3).
NOTEI When
pulley
is
tr acked,
it will be center ed on belt.
6.Hover air cr aftand checkidler
pulley
tr ack. (Ref.
Section8-10.)
j. Inspect assembl\/ completely
befbr e
installing wr ap-ar ound
cowl and
baggagecompar tment.
MM-8-4
REMOVAL OF IDLER ASSEMBLY FROM HELICOPTER (Ref.
8-4)
a. Removenutandwasher (1 2) fr omshaft (3).
b.Remove bolts and washer s (5) nut (16) and washer
(17) fr om
28-13236 ar m (4) in two
places.
c. Remove
yokeassembly (15) fr omshah(3).
INSTALLATION OF IDLERASSEMBLY
Install idler
assembly
inr ever sepr ocedur e.
DISASSEMBLY OF IDLER PULLEY FROM YOKE
a.
Removecotter
pin.
b.Removenut (12).
c. Removewasher (11)
fr omshaft 18).
d.Pr ess shaft (8)
fr om
pulley (7).
e. Remove
snap r ings (9), bear ings (10)
fr om
yoke (15)
and
bushings
(14).
NOTE: 1. If
bushings
(13) need to be
r eplaced,
heat
yoke
(15)
and
pr ess bushing (13) out.
2.Install
bear ings
(10) 28-13200at600hour s.
ASSEMBLYOF IDLERPULLEYTOYOKE
Assembleidler
pulley
in r ever sepr ocedur e.
REMOVAL,
DISASSEMBLY AND INSPECTION OF BELT ROLLER
ASSEMBLY
a. Remove nut and washer (16 8 17)
fr om r oller (19) (two places).
b.Removethr eebolts (6)
fr omaftar m(4).
c. Remover oller
assembly (19).
NOTE:
Spacer s (18) installedbetweenar m(4) andr oller (19).
d.Remove
spacer s
(18) (two places)
fr om shaft (23) and
pr ess
shaft
(23)
fr omr elier
assembly (19).
e. Remove
bear ings (20) fr om
bear ing
r etainer s 121).
f. RemoveZer k
fitting
fr omshaft (23).
PART
REPLACEMENT,
ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF
BELT ROLLER ASSEMBLY
a. Replacebear ings
as
necessar y.
b.Install beltr oller inr ever sepr ocedur e.
c.Checktr ackof idler
pulley.
I
(B
2
gB~.4
Pb~
(Qx\-
vaI
3
Q
I
9,
Bi~
I, 10
FbQ
98
.-.-O
oeQ
9
lo
ac
eb
4P" ,
r oO
c~,
g6)
5
B
8
B
B
~B
MMg-6
REMOVALOF BELT ENGAGEMENT MECHANISM FROM PVLON
(Ref.Section8-11.)
To r emovebelt
engagement
mechanismfr om
pylon, pr oceedas follows:
a. Removebolt
assembly (6).
b.Removebolt
assembly (7).
c. Removebolt
assembly (8).
d.Remove Ar ens cable
assembly
fr omclutch
engagement
mechanism.
INSPECTION OF BELT TENSIONINGUNIT (Ref.Section
8-5.)
Inspect
belt
tensioning
unit for the
following
and
r eplace as
r equir ed:
a. " DU"
Bushings (1) in
over -center ing
bellcr ank(2).
b." DU"
Bushings (3)
inr odend 14).
c.Nylonguides (5) andwasher s
(6).
d.Shaft (7)
for
str aightness.
e. Str aps (8),
bellcr anksides
(9), br ackets
(10),
for cr acks and
excessive wear .
INSTALLATION OF BELT ENGAGEMENT MECHANISM
a. Install belt
engagement
mechanismto
pylon
inther ever se
pr ocedur e.
CLUTCHCONTROLHANDLE (Ref.Section8-11.)
To r emoveclutchcontr ol handle
(11), pr oceedas follows:
a. Remove
figer glass
seat
assembly.
b.Loosen
upper
and lower
jam
nuts (12) on tur nbuckle located
below seat
assembly.
NOTE: Mar knuts of tur nbuckle for ease in
assembly.
c. Remove AN har dwar e (13) that attaches handle to br acket (14).
d.Removeclevis
pin (15).
e. Reinstall handle and
attaching
har dwar e in r ever se or der , paying
par ticular
attention to
adjusting
the tur nbuckle (12) as it was
r emoved.
f.
Inspect
installation befor e
oper ating engagement
handle and in-
stallationofseat
assembly.
MMg-7
JACK STRUT AND PULLEY ASSEMBLY
Removal of
Upper Pulley Assembly.
To r emove the
upper
dr iven
pulley assembly
fr om the
output pinion shaft, pr oceed as follows:
NOTE: Removetail r otor dr iveshaft
coupling.
(Ref.Sect.1516)
a. Remove the four
housing
bolts (2) that attach
housing assembly
(6-a) to
upper Sackstr ut 14).
NOTE: Remove tail r otor dr ive shaft
coupling.
(Ref.
Section 15-16.)
NOTE:
Keep
shims (3)
together .
CAUTION:
Tempor ar ily safety
wir e str ut
assembly (4) to
the
bear ing housing
(Qa) to
keep
it fr om
falling
and
cocking
the
bear ing (10) in lower dr ive
pulley (9).
NOTE:
Keep
shims
together
with
pulley (9).
CAUTION: Exer cise car e not to cockthe
self-aligning bear ing
(10) in the
pulley (9) by letting
the
jack
str ut (4)
deflect. If
~bear ing
should
get cocked,
dont for ce
it to
str aighten; just slowly
r otate the
pulley
until
it
aligns
itself.
b.Remove the nut (l-a) followed
by
the
tang
washer or shur e
lock(2-a).
c. Remove
housing assembly (6-a).
d.Remove
pulley
and clutch
assembly (8a-&9a) fr om
pinion
shaft
by use of
puller .
e. Removewoodr uff
key (10-a) fr om
pinion
shaft.
f. Remove the tr u-lock
snap r ing (3a) fr omthe outboar d side of the
bear ing (5-a).
g.
Heat the
housing (6-a)
and r emove the
bear ing (5-a) and
adapter
(4-a).
h.To r emove the
spr ag
clutch, fir st r emove the
r etaining
bolts and
nuts (7a)
thenheat
pulley (7a) and r emoveclutch.
NOTE 1:
Inspect
the woodr uff
key-way
and
key
for
signs
of
distor tionandwear befor e
r eplacing assembly.
NOTE 2:
Replacebear ing
~(5a) at600hour s.
NOTE31 Replace tang
washer or shur e lock
(2a)-upon
installation.
MM8S
PB1,
a
sl
B
a
Lr i
g,
A
I
I
C\
I a
I a
o
a
V
10 I I
O
6
12
15
v
13
(4
jS
SHIM
r
or k~
~is
g,
MM-8-9
Removal of JackStr ut. To r emove the
jackstr ut, pr oceedas follows:
a. Remove the six lower
pulley
bolts (1) that attach lower
pulley
assembly
to
engine.
b.Remove the four bolts (2) that attach the
housing assembly (6-a)
to theshims (3) and
jackstr ut (4).
NOTE:
Keep
shims (3)
together .
CAUTION:
Tempor ar ily safety
wir e str ut
assembly
(4) to the
bear ing housing
(6-a) to
keep
it fr om
falling
and
cocking
the
bear ing
(10) in lower dr ive
pulley (9).
NOTE:
Keep
shims
together
with
pulley
(9).
CAUTION: Exer cise car e not to cockthe
self-aligning bear ing
(10) in the
pulley
(9)
by letting
the
jack
str ut (4)
deflect. If
bear ing
should
get cocked,
dont for ce
it to
str aighten; just slowly
r otate the
pulley
until
it
aligns
itself.
c. Remove
assembly
fr om
helicopter .
d.Heat
up pulley (5) and r emove fr om
jack
str ut
assembly (4).
e. Remove the bolt and washer (6
6 7) washer and nut (8 8 9).
f.Pr ess off
bear ing (10).
g.
Remove r etainer (15), seal (13), and " 0"
r ing
(14).
Inspection
ofJackStr utand Lower Pulley Assembly.
a. Inspect
lower
pulley gr ooves
for
r oughness
andcor r osion.
b.Install new
bear ing (10) if
necessar y.
c. Inspect
shims
(3) and install new ones if
damaged; other wise,
assemble
or iginal
shims
upon
installationof
jack
str ut.
d.Suggest installing
the
following
new
par ts
when
r emoving
the
above
assembly:
seal (13), " 0"
r ing
(14).
Installation of
Upper Pulley Assembly.
To install the
upper pulley
assembly, pr oceed as follows:
a. Be sur e
output pinion
shaft is clean and woodr uff
key (10a) is
installed in slot.
b.Heat dr iven
pulley assembly (9-a) and install
spr ag
clutch
(8-a)
into dr iven
pulley assembly.
Secur e with bolts and nuts (7-a).
c. Install
spr ag
clutch
(8-a) anddr iven
pulley assembly (9-a) on
output
pinion
shaft.
r
MM-8-10
d.Heat
housing (6-a) and install
bear ing (5a) and
adapter 148) into
housing assembly.
Secur ewithtr u-lock
snap r ing (3-a).
e. Install washer (2-a) and nut (1-a) secur ing upper
dr iven
pulley
installation on pinion
shaft.
Tor que
to 2000in./lbs.
Installation of JackStr ut and Lower
Pulley.
Toassemble lower
pulley
and
jackstr ut, pr oceedas follows:
a. Install
spacer
(12) on
jack
str ut (4)
followed
by
the installation
of r etainer (15) and seal (13).
b.Install
bear ing (10).
c. Install bolt (6)
and washer (7) in
jack
str ut (4) and secur e at
opposite
end of installation
by
washer (8) followed
by
nut (9).
d. Install " 0"
r ing
(14).
e. Heat lower
pulley assembly (5)
and install on jack
str ut 14).
f.
Following completion
of the
upper assembly,
attach the six
bolts,
thr ee
long
and thr ee shor t (1) attaching
lower
pulley
to
cooling
fan
assembly
and
engine, tor que
to 50ft./lbs.
g.
Secur e the four bolts (2) that attach the
housing (6-a) to the two
shims (3) to
jack
str ut 14).
NOTE 1: Be sur e and install shim between lower
pulley
and
fan
assembly.
NOTE 2:
Safety
wir e all six bolts in
pair s on lower
pulley
assembly,
with .040wir e.
NOTE 3: Install tail r otor dr ive shaft
assembly
and for war d
flex
coupling.
NOTE 4: Ser vice clutch (Ref.
Page
MM-3-4).
NOTE 5: After installation of
jack
str ut and
pulley assembly
of belt and
engaging mechanism, r un
engine
and
engage
r otor
system
and checkfor
pr oper oper ation
of
system
befor e
flight.
Checktr ackof idler
pulley.
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE (Ref.Section 8-11.)
The
position
of the clutch contr ol lever can be
adjusted
under the
main seat str uctur e
by adjusting
thecontr ol cable tur nbuckle
(1).
This
adjustment
will deter mine the contr ol lever tr avel and
position.
a.To
adjust
the
over -center ing device,
engage
the
clutch, engine
not
r unning,
and
adjust
r od (3) toallowbellcr ank
(2) toextend
beyond
thever tical
position.
b.To
adjust
the
spr ing capsule, engageclutch, engine
not
r unning,
and
scr ew r od (4)
in or out of
capsule
to allow 1/2" to 1~3$" of
piston,
measur ed fr om
jam
nuts to
top
of
capsule,
to be
exposed.
This
adjustment
allows for
pr oper
tensionondr ivebelt.
1.500 1.750
3 s
z
O
POSITION 113) APEX
OF HANDLE ON FLOOR
j~
ONFLOOR
fi
Is
O
g (P~
14
8~
9
; p
MM-8-12
NOTE: 1.When clutch is
engaged
and handle
r eleased, position
ofhandleshouldbeas indicatedonPage
Refer encePositionA.
2.When clutch is
disengaged
and handle
r eleased,
position
of handle should be as indicatedonPage
Refer encePositionB.
3.With clutch
engaged
and handle
disengaged,
handle
must lay
flat on floor in
cockpit.
c. Adjust
belt r oller
(27) to ~s" clear ance between belt sur face and
r oller . Lube r oller (34) with Aer o-shell 16
gr ease.
(Ref.Sect
8-2.)
d.With
pr oper adjustment, guides
will touch br ackets.
NOTE: 1.To fur ther aid in
adjustment
of
over -center ing
device,
shaft (5)
may
be extended in or out as
r equir ed.
2.On newair cr aftor after anew belthas been
installed,
the belt
may dr ag, causing
the r otor to tur n
slowly
dur ing engine
idle. As belt
str etches, adjustments
may
be
r equir ed.
TRACKINGIDLERPULLEY (Ref.
Page
8-2)
a. Remove
wr ap-ar ound cowl if
baggage compar tment
is installed.
b.Loosen 15/16" nut (1) on for war d side of idler
adjusting
shaft (2).
c. Star t
engine
and
slowly engage
r otor
system
while
obser ving
idler
pulley
tr ackon belt.
d.With 7/8" wr ench tur n idler shaft (2)
until
pulley
tr acks on belt.
e. Tighten
15/16" nut (1) on for war d end of idler shaft
(2).
NOTE: When
pulley
is
tr acked,
it will be center ed on belt.
f.Hover
helicopter
andcheckidler
pulley
tr ack.
MM-B-13
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
ATP
j
~i
iii-:
!" i-^:
6
iis; 9
:-r
1. 28-13216-901 BeltTer tsioning Assembly
2. 28-)3101-903 Pulley 8ClutchAssembly
" " :t" ~
~I
3. 28-13101-901 Bear ing Assembly
4. 2813216-903 JackStr ut
Pulley Assembly
5. 28-13215902 Idler Pulley Suppor t
UPii
SECTION
ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
AND COMPONENTS
SECTION
9
Electr ical
System
MM-9-1
ELECTRICALSYSTEMSAND COMPONENTS
DESCRleTION
The electr ical
system
of the
helicopter
is a 12-volt,
dir ect cur r ent
system
with a
negative gr ound
to the
helicopter
str uctur e.The main
sour ce of
power
is a 12-volt
batter y.In-flight power
is
supplied
tothe
system thr ough
a
voltage r egulator
fr om a 12-volt
alter nator ,
belt-
dr iven
by
the
engine.
The 12-volt
batter y
is located in the
r ight
hand
side of the cabin
compar tment
and is
conveniently
located for
ser vicing.
NOTE: Consultthemanufactur er shandbookofmaintenance
instr uctionsfor
ser vicing.
The main
components
of the electr ical
power system
ar e the
batter y,
star ter ,
alter nator and
voltage r egulator
and their associated switches
and cir cuit br eaker s. Maintenance of the electr ical
system
consists of
tr ouble
shooting, r emoval,
and, installation.
BATTERY
The 12-volt
batter y
is secur ed in a r eceptable on the
r ight
hand side
of the cabinsectionwhichis
inter nally
accessible.The
batter y pr ovides
star ting power
and electr ical
power
for instr uments and
pumps
when
the
batter y
switch is tur nedon.
ELECTRICALSYSTEM
REMOVALOF BATTERY
To r emove the
batter y
fr om the
helicopter , pr oceed as follows:
a. Unsnap
the
r ight
hand seat cushion fr om the
fiber glass seat unit
andr emovetheentir ecushion.
b.Remove the small metal cover fr omthe seat str uctur e
by r emoving
two sheet metal
scr ews;
this will
give access to the
top
of the
batter y.
c. Remove the two vent lines
(r ed).
d.Remove the two
wing nutsholding
the
batter y suppor t clamp.
e. Removecover fr om
top
of
batter y (ifused).
f. Disconnect
positive
and
negative
leads fr om
batter y.
g.
Remove
batter y
fr om
compar tment.
h.Reinstall
batter y
inr ever seor der .
i. Checkfor
pr oper oper ation by placing
master switch to the ON
position.
MM-9-2
SONOTONE
B
EXI DE
BATTE RY INSTALLATION
ELECTRICALSYSTEM
ALTERNATORAND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A
12-volt, 60-amp
alter nator is located on the
r ight
hand side of the
engine
and is belt-dr iven
by
the
engine.
The
pur pose
ofthealter nator
is to r etur n
char ge
to the
batter y.
A
voltage r egulator
is mounted on
the left hand side of the fir ewall. It contr ols the alter nator
output
at
the
designated
level and at the
specific
RPM andtr ansfer stheelectr ical
system
fr om
batter y
toalter nator .
ELECTRICALSVSTEM
REMOVALOF ALTERNATOR
To r emovealter nator , pr oceedas follows:
a. Removeoutsidecowl
assembly
and
baggagecompar tment.
b.Remove
cooling
fan
assembly
and lower
jack
str ut
pulley assembly.
(Ref.Section
8.)
c. Disengage
/2"
(1) bolt that attaches alter nator to
adjustment ar m.
d.Slackenbeltandr emove(2).
e. Removebolt
(3)
thatattachesar mtostar ter .
f. Remove
r ing gear
fr omr ear of
engine (4).
g.
Remove the left and
r ight
side cowls fr om
power plant
section.
h.Remove the four wir es that attach to the r ear of the alter nator .
Remove2 ea. Attachbolts.
i. Alter nator
may
be r emoved fr om the aft side of the
engine.
j.
Install alter nator
following
above
pr bcedur es.
MM-93
k.After
installing
and
hooking up
electr ical
wir ing star t engine
and
checkout char ge r ate.
REMOVALOF STARTER
To r emove star ter , r epeat
Items a.and b. (Ref.Page 9-2), pr oceed
as follows:
a. Remove six AN5158-8 (5) scr ews fr om the 12611-8
plate (6) on
r ear of shr oud.
b.Remove
attaching
ar m bolt (7) between the alter nator and star ter .
c. Remove the thr ee AN4-20A bolts (8) and 12600-4
spacer s
that ar e
attachedonther ear sideofthestar ter .
d.Disconnect
wir ing
to
star ter , designating
each
r espective
ter minal.
Star ter
may
thenber emovedaft.
e. Install star ter following
above
pr ocedur es.
f.
Following
installation andelectr ical
hook-up, star t
engine
andcheck
star ter oper ations.
j4:p~
TIMINGM~RKS
TIMING ON HOUSING
ORIGINAL I
NOOSING
As Received
By
ATP
2 REF.sHROUD
ALTERNATOR AND STARTER LOCATION
Removal of
Voltage Regulator .
The
voltager egulater ,
which is located
on the lefthandsideof
pyldn
aftof the
fir ewall,
is r emovedas follows:
a. Remove
gr ound wir e,
field switch and master r elay,
and alter nator
wir efr om
voltager egulator .
b.Remove the four scr ews that attach the
voltage r egulator
to the
electr ical
panel.
c. Reinstall
voltage r egulator
on electr ical
panel
in the r ever se or der .
NOTE:
Pay par ticular
attention to
thecoding on each of
the wir es for
pr oper assembly.
MM-9-4
VOLTAGE REGULATOR ADJUSTMENT (LEAD ACID BATTERV)
1.
Open
lefthand
engine
cowl.
2.Star t
engine
and r un for
appr oximately
5 minutes at 1500RPM.
3.Induceloadon
system.
4.Remove
adjustmentcap
in
r egulator .
5.Connect plus
lead of meter to " F" ter minal of
r egulator
and black
leadofmeter to
gr ound.
" 6.
Adjust r egulator
as r equir ed
to obtain 12.5 13 volts.
7.Re-install
cap
in
r egulator ,
r emove meter leads and close
engine
cowl
pr ior
to
flight.
" NOTE: NI-CAD
batter y r egulator
should be
adjusted
to 15 to 15.5
volts;
ELECTRICALINSTALLATION SYSTEM
1 Gr imes
r ight
hand tail
r unning light
2 Gr imes left hand
r unning light
3 Gr imes anti-collision
light
4 Fuel
pick-up
5
Temper atur e pick-up
main r otor tr ansmission
6 Alter nator ,
12-volt Pr estolite
7 Star ter ,
Pr estolite
8 Cylinder
head
temper atur e
9 Star ter vibr ator ,
Bendix
10
Right magneto,
Bendix S4LN-1209 or SL4N-204
11Pr estolite
r egulater
12 Oli
temper atur e
connector
13 Left
magneto,
Bendix S4LN-1208 or S4LN-200
14 Fuel
pr essur e
switch
15 Ter minal
str ip
16 Master
r elay
17 Star ter
r elay,
3
amp.
18
Cyclicinstallation,
Pilot
19 Boost
pump,
Weldon Tool
20
Cyclicinstallation, co-pilot
21
Batter y,
12 v.D.C.
22 Instr ument
light,
Gr imes
23 Tr im motor assembly
24 Instr ument
light,
Gr imes
25
Air path compass
26 Instr ument
light,
Gr imes
27 Ter minal
str ip
28
Right r unning light,
Gr imes
MM-9-5
29
Landing light,
GE
30
Running light, left,
Gr imes
e
I
31For war d anti-collision
light, Gr imes
32 Ter minal
str ip
33 Collective installation
34 Tr im motor installation
350ver voltage r elay, Lycoming (OPS)
(d
I
I
a
II]I~
a
:~v
t
Q
ELECTRICALINSTALLATION SYSTEM LOCATIONS
MM-9-6
ELECTRICALSYSTEM
STARTER BUTTON
The star ter button is located at the end of the collective
pitch
stick.
If a defective switch is
suspected,
it can be r emoved as follows:
a. Tur n
batter y
switchtotheOFF
position.
b.Remove seat cover and r un a continuity
checkbetween the two
wir es that extend fr om the bottom of the collective
pitch
stick.
If the tr ouble is found to be in the switch
itself, pr oceed
fur ther .
c. Remove
quick-disconnect
wir esatlower sideofcollective
pitch
stick.
d.Remove thr ottlebellcr ank
by r emoving
the boltandnut.
e. Remove the four counter -sunkscr ews on the
top
of the collective
pitchstick;
the
assembly can ber emovedas aunit.
f. Remove the star ter button
cap
fr omend of stick
by loosening
the
attaching nut;
this will allow the inner tube
assembly
to slide out.
g.
After installation of new switch,
feed
wir ing thr ough
inner tube
assembly
and connect wir es to
r espective quick-disconnects at
fir ewaIi.
h.Connect collective
pitch
stickand button in r ever se or der and
check
oper ation
ofstar ter button.
1.Check
engineoper ation pr ior
to
flight.
ELECTRICALSVSTEN TROUBLeSHOOTINGCHART
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
Star ter Does Not Cr ank
Engine (Batter y
Switch
On,
Alter nator Switch
On,
Clutch
Disengaged):
Weakor dead
batter y.
Checkor r eplacebatter y.
Cir cuit br eaker
open.
Reset cir cuitbr eaker .
Br oken wir e or
open
Check
continuity
of cir cuits. Re-
connection. pair or r eplace wir es; tighten
and
clean connections.
Defectivestar ter r elay. Replacer elay.
Defectivestar ter . Replace
star ter .
Defective star ter switch.
Check,
clean or r eplace
switch.
Batter y
Does Not
Supply
Power When
Batter y
Switch Is Tur ned On.
(No Indication on Ammeter ):
Dead
batter y.
Check
specific gr avity
of
batter y.
r echar ge
or r eplacebatter y.
MM-9-7
Electr ical
System Tr oubleshooting
Char t
(Cont.)
PROBABLE CAUSE REUUIRED ACTION
Br oken wir e or
open
Check
continuity
of cir cuits. Re-
connection.
pair or r eplace wir es; tighten
and
clean connections.
Defectivestar ter r elay. Replacer elay.
Defectivestar ter .
Replace
star ter .
Batter y
Does Not
Supply
Power When
Batter y
Switch Is Tur ned On.
(No Indication on Ammeter ):
Dead
batter y.
Checkspecific gr avity
of
batter y.
r echar ge
or r eplacebatter y.
Faulty
connections. Check
continuity
of
wir ing
and
tighten
or r eplace
br oken connec-
tions.
Faulty
switch.
Replaceswitch.
Faulty ammeter . Check
ammeter ; r eplace
if defec-
tive.
Faulty
master r elay
Checkand
r eplace
Star ter Clutch
Housing
Br eaks
Dur ing Attempted Engine
Star t:
Retar d P-lead not
making
Check/secur elead.
contact.
Retar d
timing
incor r ect. Check/r etime
ignition.
Star ting
vibr ator
imper ative. Check/r eplace
vibr ator .
Low batter y voltage. Check/char gebatter y.
Loosewir ing.
Check/secur eclean
wir ing.
Damaged
star ter dr ive
gear . Inspect/r eplacegear .
Faulty star ter clutch.
Check/r eplace
clutch.
Impr oper
installation. Inspect/r einstall cor r ectly.
Star ter solenoid mal-functioning. Check/r eplace
solenoid.
HighChar ging
RateWhen Batter ies Ar e
Fully Char ged:
Defective
voltager egulator . Check/r eplace.
Low
Char ging
RateWith Batter ies Not
Fully Char ged:
Looseconnections on alter nator
Check/tighten.
or r egulater
ter minals.
Defective
voltager egu
later . Check
/r ep
lace.
MM-Y-L)
Electr ical System Tr oubleshooting
Char t (Cont.)
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Faulty
alter nator . Check/r epair .
Loose belt. Adjust
belt tension.
Ammeter Shows
Heavy Dischar ge
When
Engine
Is At Slow Idle
Voltage r egulator malfunctioning.
Checkjr epa
i
r /r eplace r egu
later ,
or loosen belt,
loosen
mounting.
Er r atic
Oper ation
of Alter nator
System:
Defective
voltager egulater . Check/r eplace.
Dir ty or pitted
alter nator Clean and
polish
commutator .
commutator .
Faulty wir ing
in alter nator Check/r epair .
system
Wor n br ushes. Check/r eplace.
NIGHT FLYINGLIGHTINGSYSTEN
The
night flying lighting system, although an optional accessor y
to the
helicopter ,
is installed on the
major ity
of units. The
night flying
system
consists of the
following:
a. Rotating
anti-collision
lights
on the lower side of the cabin and
on topside
ofthetail coneassembly.
b.
Landing lights on the lower side of the cabin section.
c. Position
lights
on the left and
r ight
side of the cabin
assembly
and
on the left and
r ight
side r ear of the tail cone assembly.
d.Instr ument lights.
e.
Contr ol switches and instr ument console indicator
light.
Maintenance of this
system
consists of installation, r emoval and tr ouble
shooting.
MM-9-9
INSTRUMENT LIGHTS
The instr ument
lights
ar e located above the instr uments on the under -
side of the
top
of the instr ument console.The instr ument
panel lights
ar e contr olled
by atoggle
switch and cir cuit br eaker .A r eostat is also
installed for
intensity
contr ol.
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHTS
POSITION LIGHTS
INSTRUMENT
LIGHTS (31
POSITION
LIGHTS
O
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT
LANDING LIGHT
NIGHT LIGHTINGKIT INSTALLATION
MM-9-10
NIGHT FLYINGLIGHTINGINSTALLATION
TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Landing Light
Out With
Landing Light
On Switch Tur ned
On,
And
Batter y
Switch On:
Bur ned out lamp. Replace lamp.
Cir cuit br eaker
tr ipped.
Reset cir cuit br eaker .
Defectiveswitch.
Replace
switch.
Open
cir cuit. Checkall connections and con-
tinuity
of
wir ing.
Position
Lights
All
Out, Batter y
Switch
On,
Position Switch On:
Cir cuit br eaker
tr ipped.
Reset cir cuitbr eaker .
Defectiveswitch.
Replace
switch.
Position
Light
Wir eHar ness Shor tedtoGr ound.
Any
OnePosition
Light
Out:
Bur nedoutbulb.
Replace
bulb,
Anti-Collision
Lights Out,
Motor
Rotating:
Bur nedout bulbs.
Replace
bulbs.
Anti-Collision
Lights Out,
Motor Not
Rotating:
Cir cuit br eaker
tr ipped.
Resetcir cuitbr eaker .
Motor s
shor ting
to
gr ound. Replaceassembly.
LAMP REPLACEMENT GUIDE CHART
AMOUNT LOCATI ON MANUF. NUMBER
3 Panel
Light
Gr imes 8-H555
1 Anti-Collision (For war d) Gr imes D-7080-A 12
1
Anti-Collision (Aft)
Gr imes D-7080
1
Landing Light (Sealed) GE 4313-250Watt
2 Tail
Light
Gr imes A-1285-C-12
2 For war d
Running Lights
Gr imes 21W
FLIGHT AMPERE LOAD CONDITIONSTABLE
ELECTRICAL
g
EOUIPMENT
A B C D E F G H 1 3 K L
Boost
Pump
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
3, Long.
Tr im+ 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Lat. Tr im+ 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Radio-Tr ansmit+ 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0
Radio-Receive 1.1 1.1 1.1. 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
I nstr uments .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14
Master Relay .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5 .5
Anti-Cell. Lts. 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 14.2
Panel Lts. .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6 .6
Nav. Lts. 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
Landing
Lts.O
19.5 19.5
Amps. 20.94 32.94 26.94 29.94 39.94 33.94 53.44 47.44
NOTE:
Flight
Condition A is Day
Nor mal Cr uise. Alter nator is 12 volt, 70
amp.
I
Flight
Condition F is Night
Nor mal Cr uise.
Denotes Inter mittent Use.
O
Denotes Shor t Dur ation Use (5 min.).
The above load conditions include all electr ical equipmentthatwill be availablefor the F-28 ser ies helicopter s, thus
indicating
the most sever e electr ical loads that
may
be encounter ed.
MM-9-12
ORIGINAL
a
As Received
By
ATP
eC~
g L.~
ELECTRICALWIRING INSTALLATION PANEL(Rear View)
KEY TO INSTRUMENT PANEL
1 Mount hole for r adio cir cuit 17 Panel
light
br eaker 18
Running light
2 Radio mount hole 19 Anti-collision
light
3 Fuel
pr essur e
indicator and 20
Landing light
boost
pump
switch 21Alter nator switch
4 Manifold pr essur e/fuel pr essur e
22 Panel
light
cir cuit br eaker
5 Altimeter 23
Running light
cir cuit br eaker
6 Air speed 24 Anti-collision
light
cir cuit br eaker
7
Rotor /engine
tachometer 25
Landing light
cir cuit br eaker
8 Fuel
quantity 26
Ignition
cir cuit br eaker
9 Oil
pr essur e
27 Instr ument CL.cir cuit br eaker
10Main r otor
gear
box
temper atur e 28 Tr im motor cir cuit br eaker
11Oil
temper atur e 29 Panel
light
dimmer
12 Ammeter
30Hobbs
pr essur e
switch
13
Cylinder temper atur e 31Clock
14
Engine
hour meter
15
Ignition
switch
16 Master Switch and Cir cuit Br eaker 50
amp.
For
Gener ator , 60
amps.
Alter .
MM-9-13
101
7~1
C-
BATTERY
BUS
b~B
SPSlSWIXH
SWITCHBREAKER
RELAY
db
PUSH-PULLBREAKER
---011
0--
---j~- SPDT SWITCH
MAGNETO
ELECTRICALCONNECTOR
00-
1LO-
ELECTRICALBULB
SPDT SWITCH
ION-OFF-MOMENTARILYON)
ELECTRICALCONNECTOR
PLUGAND RECEPTACLE
-I]lyw~ (CONTACTSIDENTIFIED)
r 0-
CO~
RHEOSTAT
PERMANENT CONNECTION
LC~-
SPDT MOMENTARYSWITCH
AIIAA
BINDINGPOST CONNECTION
RESISTOR
-a)L~
QtlELDkD~RE
SPST MOMENTARYSWITCH
P.
COAXIALCABLE
Lg,
PUSHBUITON SWITCH
TERMINALBLOCK
(WITHBUS)
HEADSET-MICROPHONE
r " " " ~
O
ANTENNA
THERMOSWITCH
II
o
II
b3~0-
TERMINALGROUND
LIGHT (RED)
DOUBLE-POLE ROTARYSWITCH CASE GROUND
ELECTRICALSYMBOLS
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
ATP
MM-9-14
tOPTIOIAL
-t
EQUIPME*T
TERM-STRIP IT-SI
24-14 30-1
80888188 CORTROLSRlP
A
S-S8S17(87A) (PILOt)
ROTE: 1 -~r .sn
" 3T~sr Eu
sl~~2 1~ ~4 85 86 (7 (8 )9 (10)11 (IZ
t
EXCIIT *IE* I*lCI.I*r l.RI I YILD
-C 1S0S8 OVER VOLTABE RELAY II OPTIOWAL
+_
-~ple- MAP
IF AR OVERVOLTASE RELAY IS YOT USED TRIM o
CORRECT THE MASTER d
n F I I I I TERMIRAL(I) OW TnF: RESULATOR WITH 51
IIRE 28-1.
IRSTRUMERTS I I lol I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 4 u~
25-1 1 1 1311111111111111191.d~
TO GROUND ON 1 4 lSnlTlol
IGNITION SWITCH
35-2 ~SS-I
I_
1
I I I I r r 7 I 1 I I I r lr l 11r RU*IUI(B Ct;
OPTIORAL
(OPTIORAL)
EOUIPMERT LAnDllSLl.ml I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1IVI1LEFT
-t
47-1
HOUI YL~EI
3 47-2 36-2 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I ~Rlenr
TERY-STRIP(T-5)
~IL- I I I I 151.
PRESBUREI
AHTI-COL.
59-2--1C39-4 9811708 LIBHTS 52-1 52-2
t~L; +
~LT
OPTIOIIIIL 17
RUWI(IWB LIBHT onD.
57-10 r c~
46-2 46-1
W
TRIM _54.
cs~ PIYELus.
bd h
MOTOR 35-3
CARSO
ARM SW.
z
(PI aJI) LATERAL
t o
LARDIRB LTS. RHEOSTAT 33-6
Z
37-13 33-8
c~l TERY-BTRIP(T-I) I I I JYELLOW
704.
ALTERRATOR
5510
37-1
i
N 23-2 1 I FUEL
J3
PRESSURE
2 1 III~I START SWITCH I I It 1 51-7
5 11 I 36-1 NORMAL
00
lowl~lon 21~-2
A)I(P OIL SWITCH
TEMP TEM~
9
j
MASTER ~ITCH
,5; 1
CYL.
H D . O
L IR
46-2 31-i!
II OUPINTITY TEMP
FIELD SWITCH
29-1
25-3
1 I I I I 37-7
IElto~nE
I IcoMPARTMEHT I I I I I I L----.-L" jLnFVa
PUWTITY
I I I I I I IEIIOIWE C_OMR
YELLOW
TRIM
7
MOTOR 24-3 24-4 AIR-FRAME
FORE BRQUIIO
21-1 MASTER RELAY
84FT 23-7 CYL.HD TEMP
20-1
to~al; t 25-2 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I TAILLIBHT
EQUIPMEWT
29-aAmIL
TEMPJO.2 I I I I I 2 PLACES
uReO
ILc, I I I I I I 29~el IJ I L\ I I I I I
I
FIIEL PRESSURE
46-1
REO.
881TCH
H001(
80)9T PUMP 31-4
29-11 TEMP
36-4 I/vu 36-5
RELAY
i+--------C
27-3 51-I IB
8 R
FORWARD
C
IWTI-C~LT
I IwPROLLT.
I I YZf2
31-5
28-1
SEWDIX SILW-ILOO8200
36-31, 1 1 21-4
FRAME
LEFT RIBHT
t
--C bRour to I I I I I I IMAORETO I I
MAewETO
AUYILIARY POWER URIT
F
821-2 P RET tP
(OPTIOMAL) 22-1
48-2
48-1 ~UTERWITOR
20-1
27-1
i------Le
2~2
L
STARTER
STARTER 40-2
(8TA) (OV*L) ITIIr Ir Ir
COITROLQRC V 1888108
SITTERY(REF)
/I
LR ~R ~L )IIY
TTERY
20-2
ZH
__tl
~" DE-
825-2
ELECTRICAL SCI~YIT(C P-eRA
SECTION
STRUCTURE
SECTION
10
Str uctu
r e
MM-10-I
STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION
The str uctur esection of the F-28A
Helicopter
is
composed
of the tail
cone assembly,
cabin
assembly, pylon assembly,
and
landing gear .
PYLON ASSEMBLY
The
pylon assembly
is atubular 4130steel fr ame
type
constr uction
member . The fr ame
suppor ts
all
mayor
str uctur al and dr ive tr ain
components
of the
helicopter .
Maintenance of the fr ame consists of
inspection
and
r epair .
MM-10-1
STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION
Thestr uctur esection of the F-28A
Helicopter
is
composed
of the tail
cone assembly,
cabin
assembly, pylon assembly,
and
landing gear .
PYLON ASSEMBLY
The
pylon assembly
is a tubular 4130steel fr ame
type
constr uction
member . The fr ame
suppor ts
all
mayor
str uctur al and dr ive tr ain
components
of the
helicopter .
Maintenance of the fr ame consists of
inspection
and
r epair .
B~Qe
MM-10-2
Inspection
of
Pylon Assembly. Inspection
is limited to afield
sur vey
of the
pylon
condition.
Visually inspect
all member s of the
pylon
for the
following:
a. Cr acks anddents.
b.
Integr ity
offinish.
c. Evidenceofcor r osion.
d.
Secur ity
ofwelded
points.
e. Scuffing
and abr asion.
f. Wor nand
enlar gedmounting
bolts.
Repair
of
Pylon Assembly. Damage to the
pylon
section tubes other
than cr acks ar e to be
r epair ed
in accor dance with FAR 43.Cor r osion
damage may
be
r epair ed
in accor dance with the
pr ocedur es
defined
in this Section.
STRUCTURE
CABIN ASSEMBLY
Descr iption.
Thecabin
assembly
is constr uctedof
fiber -glass
r einfor ced
plastic
and is held to the
pylon
section
by
six
attaching
bolts. The
entir ecabinsectioncan be r emovedas aunit.
Removal.
a. Disconnect collective
push
r od at the
point
wher e it attaches to
collective
walking
beam.(Ref.Section.11-2.)
b.Disconnect the later al and
longitudinal push
r ods at the bellcr anks
at either sideofther ear cabinwall.
c. Disconnect the main
batter y
cable at the
r elay
inside of the
engine
compar tment.(Ref.Section 9-3.)
d.Dr ain fuel fr om both fuel tanks and r emove tanks and
clamps
holding
vent tubes to thefor war dfir ewall.
e. Remove r udder cables at tur nbuckle in
engine compar tment.
(Ref.Section 15-12.)
f. Disconnect all oil
lines,
fuel
lines,
and air
speed
static tube at
fir ewaII.
g.
Disconnect electr ical
wir ing
in theengtne
compar tment.
h. Disconnect clutch contr ol at
junction
of flexible cable and cabin
adjacent
to for war dfir ewall.
(Ref.Section8-6.)
i. Disconnect thr ottle contr ol inside
engine compar tment.
Ref.
Section
5-41.)
j.
Removefir ewall cur tain.
k.Disconnect fuel shut-offcontr ol.
I. Remove six
attaching
bolts fr om inside cabin and lift cabin fr ee
of air cr aft.
MM-~03
i
10 /1 IIA
---il
V~HM*4YIO~I Il*A
uctaC-P
CI*1(1(mll~OII M*lG
k
caMr ar **eur mr nr b
CABIN ATTACHMENT TOPVLON
~cj
~nY
U
STABILIZERAND TAILCONE EXTENSION
MM-~0-4
STRUCTURE
REMOVALOF LEFT AND RIGHT DOOR ASSEMBLY
a. Disconnect lower
bungee at for war d
par t
of door at fr ame.
b.Remove
hinge pins at
top
and bottom of door s and r emove door s.
TOREPLACE GLASSIN DOORS
a. Remove lock
assembly
and handle.
b.Removetr imfr ominsideofdoor s.
c. Remove
glass.
d.Fit
glass
todoor andtr imas
necessar y,
and
pickup
all
existing
holes.
e. Install
glass using
EC-801
bonding compound, tr im, door handles,
and
locking assembly.
INSTALLATION OF DOOR ASSEMBLY
a. Install
hinge pins, top
and bottom.
b.Hook
up
lower
bungeetofr ame
assembly.
OVERHEAD AND LOWER BAYWINDOWS
Removal.
a. Dr ill out
cher r y
r ivets in fr ame
assembly.
b.Removefr ameand
glass assembly.
c. Clean ar ea.
Installation.
a. Positionfr ameand matchdr ill to
existing
r ivet
patter n.
b.
Apply
silicone
compound bonding agent
and install fr ame and
glass
assembly using cher r y
r ivets.
c. Cleanexcess
bonding
mater ial fr omar ea.
WINDSHIELDS
Removal.
a. Remove center r etainer
str ip
and filler
along
bottom side of
glass
andfr om
top
ofall scr ew heads.
b.Removeall
attaching scr ews.
c. Remove
glass.
d.Clean r ecess ofwindowfr ame.
Installation.
a. Tr imwindowtofit.
b.Match dr ill all holes and counter sink.
c. install
glass using
EC801
compound.
d.Install scr ews andfill and smoothto contour .
e. Install tr imand
r epaint.
MM-10-5
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Removal.
a. Remove
wr ap-ar oundcowling.
b.Remove
mounting
bolts fr om
baggage compar tment
and slide out.
Installation.
a. Install
baggagecompar tment
andsecur e.
b.Install
wr ap-ar oundcowling.
NOTE: Checkall har dwar e for
secur ity pr ior
to
flight.
" 1
Z"
i/
n
cul I\\
~cll----
.D
O
Y -I
ENCLOSURES
MM-10-6
TAILCONE ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
The tail cone assembly
is aluminum
monocoque
str uctur e with
for medsheet metal bulkheadsandsheet metal skin.
REMOVALCiF TAILCONE ASSEMBLY
Removethetail coneassembly by
the
following pr ocedur e:
a. Disconnect staticlineat bulkhead
fitting.
b.Disconnect antenna wir e at
fitting on lower
por tion
of
fuselage
tail cone.
c. Disconnect
bayonet on r ight-hand pylon longer on
for tail cone
light.
PYLON ASSEMBLY TOTAILCONE
MM-10-7
REMOVALOF TAILCONE ASSEMBLY (Cont)
d.Disconnect
bayonet fitting at
top
of
fuselage
for
r otating
beacon
assembly.
e. Disconnect flexible
coupling
atfor war dend oftail r otor dr iveshaft,
f. Remove tachometer cover and " 0"
r ing
dr ive.
g.
Disconnect r udder cables at tail r otor
yoke
and feed the cables
thr ough
fair leads to for war d
por tion
of tail cone
assembly.
NOTE: i.Befor e
pulling
r udder cables
thr ough fuselage,
attach
two
separ ate str ings
to facilitate installation
upon
assembly
oftail cone
assembly
tomount.
2.Befor e
r emoving
the thr ee
pylon bolts, place two
suppor ting
fixtur es under
fuselage
or tail cone to
suppor t same.
h.Remove thethr eeboltsandwasher s
attaching
thetail cone
assembly
tothe
pylon
mount.
INSTALLATION OF TAILCONE ASSEMBLY
Install thetail coneassembly as follows:
a. Suppor t
tail cone assembly on two
suppor ting
fixtur es
pr ior to
mating
to
pylon
mount. install thr ee
mounting
bolts
secur ing
pylon mount to tail cone assembly, tor que
to 240in./lbs.and
safety
wir e with .032 wir e.
b.Connectfor war d
flex-coupling,
tail r otor dr iveshaft.
c. Install r otor tachometer ,
" 0"
r ings,
and cover assembly.
d.Pullr udder cables
thr ough
aft tail cone assembly by
the use of
str ings
which will
guide
the cable
assembly thr ough
the fair leads
tothetail r otor yoke
contr ol.
e. Connect ther udder cablesattail r otor
yoke.
f.Connect thestaticline~at buH<head
fitting.
g.
Connect antennaat
fitting on bottom of
fuselage, bayonet fitting
for tail
light
on r ight-hand longer on
and
bayonet fitting
at
top
of
fuselage
for
r otating
beacon.
h.
Inspect
the installation of all electr ical
connections,
r udder cable
attachment, pr oper
r udder
contr ol,
and
pylon connecting
boltsand
for war d
coupling pr ior
to
star ting engine
and
r unning gr ound
check
ontail r otor oper ation.
NOTE: Str uctur al
r epair s
to the tail cone assembly can be
accomplished by utilizing
Par t FAR 43 Manual for
typical
sheet metal
r epair s.
MM-10-8
Descr iption.
The stabilizer is a dual,
all-metal air foil mounted near
the aft end of the tail boom and
pr otr uding on each side of the
helicopter . The stabilizer is a symmetr ical
air foil sectionand is
r igidly
attached tbtheboom.Dr ain holes ar epr ovided
atthelowest
point,
and
small end
plates ar e attached to outboar d ends of thestabilizer .
Any
nose-down
tendency
of the
helicopter
at
high
for war d
speeds
with
for war d-most CG
loadings
is
compensated
for
by
the stabilizer .
Removal of Hor izontal Stabilizer . Remove hor izontal stabilizer
by
the
following pr ocedur e:
a. Disconnectthetwo AN-boltsonthe left-handstabilizer .
b.Pull left-handstabilizer fr om
attaching car r y-thr oughspar .
c.Thr ough inspection
hole on aft tail Cone under left-handhor izontal
stabilizer , r emove bolt which attaches the
spar
tothe
spar fitting.
d.Remove stabilizer fr om
r ight-hand
side of tail cone assembly.
Inspection
of Hor izontal Stabilizer .
a. Inspect
the left and
r ight
hor izontal stabilizer
bushings
on the
inside of the aft tail cane assembly.
Checkfor excessive looseness
that could occur fr om
impr oper ~r ound handling.
If hor izontal
stabilizer is found
excessively
loose
r eplace
stabilizer
bushing
assembly.
Check
spar
for excessive
wear ,
cr acks or elongated
holes.
NOTE: This will necessitate
installing
the stabilizer and
r edr illing
the holes fr om the
car r y-thr ough spar .
b.It is
impor tant
that the two bolts that hold the stabilizer to the
br acket or
spar fitting ar e kept tight
to
pr event any
movement.
NOTE: Str uctur al
r epair s
to thetail cone stabilizer
assembly
can be
accomplished by utilizing
Par t FAR 43
Manual for
typical
sheet metal
r epair s.
InstallationofHor izontal Stabilizer .
Install thehor izontal stabilizer
by
the
following pr ocedur e:
a. Install the
r ight-hand
stabilizer with the
car r y thr ough spar
into
thetail cone
assembly.
b.Install the
r ight-hand
boltwhichattaches the
spar
to the
spar fitting.
c. Install the left-hand bolt that attaches the
car r y-thr oughspar
tothe
left-hand
spar fitting.
d.Install left-hand
inspection plate.
e. Install the left-hand stabilizer and install thetwoAN- bolts
thr ough
the
top
side of the stabilizer and secur e with AN-365 nuts on the
bottom
f. Re-checktheentir e
assembly pr ior
to
flight.
MM-10-9
Removal of Tail Cone
Tor que
Tube Extension.
a. Disassembleaftuniver sal
joint.
b.Disassemble r udder cables.
c. Removetail r otor
guar d.
d.Removetail r otor
gear
box
assembly
as aunit.
e. Remove bolts fr om aft
pillow
block. (Leave on tail r otor shaft.)
f. Removeboltsfr omlefthor izontal stabilizer and r emove.
g.
Remove left-hand
inspection plate
on tail cone under stabilizer .
h.Removethr eeboltsfr omfor war d
tor que
tubebulkhead.
i. Removetubetother ear witha
slight oscillating
action.
Assembly.
Assemble
tor que
tube extensionin r ever seor der , tor que
all
bolts and
safety
wir e wher e
r equir ed.
Checktail r otor contr ols
pr ior
to
flight.
NOTE: When
ilistalling
tail r otor
guar d bolts,
do not ovj~r
tighten.
Obser ve
tor que
value.
LANDING GEAR ASSEMBLY
LANDINGGEAR REMOVAL(Ref.Page
10 10and 10 12)
The landing gear
assembly may
be r emoved fr omthe
pylon assembly
as follows:
a. Hoist helicopter by placing nylon sling
ar ound hub assembly.
b.Removeleft, r ight,
andbottomcowling.
c. Remove the four bolts (2)
that attach the fr ont and r ear str ut
member s (3) to thefor war dandaftcr oss tubeclamp
assemblies (4).
NOTE: For war dstr utboltsar einstalledheadaft.
d.Remove
upper
oleostr uthar dwar e(1)
and
tempor ar ily suppor t
oleos
tostr utassemblies.
LANDINGGEAR INSTALLATION
The
landing gear assembly may
be installed as a unit on the
pylon
assembly
as follows:
a. Hoist
helicopter byplacing nylon sling
ar ound hub
assembly.~
b.Place
landing gear assembly
beneath the
pylon
and lower pylon
i
assembly, attaching
the for war d and aft str uts (3) to the for war d
and aft cr oss tube
clamps
with four bolts (2).
c. Install the four
upper
oleo str uts har dwar e
(1), attaching
oleos to
for eandaftcr oss tubes (10).
d.
Inspect
all attach
points,
then r ock
ship
and checkfor
pr oper
oleo
extension.
0,
~n Z
8 o
-I
88
Ph,
m
~Jf,O
5 g,r
oi~i!
,88
j
i;
9b~
p
b
r +OO
O
e
Z
Gt
O~
O
-I
6~
m
3
f -I
o" B
Ct
7
a c~
s
i~
E
8
u,
8~ ~s
o
5)- be
r v
cn
B
o"
LANDINGGEAR ASSEMBLY
MM-10-11
LANDING GEAR
SKID SHOES
Descr iption: (r ef.page
10-9 10-10). Thr eeskidshoes (5), (6) ar ein-
stalled on each
landing gear
skid
by means of AN har dwar e. It is im-
por tant
that the
oper ator inspect
thebottomoftheshoes
per iodically,
depending on the
par ticular types
of
oper ations.
If the
helicopter
is
used for
tr aining
and
landing on har d
sur faces,
the shoes will wear
down faster than
oper ating on soft
gr ound.
Removal.The shoes
may
be r emoved
by oneofthe
following
methods:
a. Jacking up landing gear .
b.
Hoisting
entir e
ship
with
sling.
c. Placing gr oundhandling
wheels in movable
position.
d. Remove AN har dwar e on r espective
skid shoes and either r e-
place
entir e skid shoe or weld new bead of
tungsten
on bottom
of shoe if
welding equipment
is available to do so.
Installation.
a. Replace
skid shoes on skids
by inser ting
AN har dwar e.
b. Lower
helicopter .
c. Inspect
installation
pr ior
to flight.
GROUND HANDLINGWHEELS
Descr iption.
Each
landing gear
skid tube has
pr ovisions
for
easily
in-
stalled
landing gear
wheel assembiies. Each
assembly
has amanually
oper ated
over center ing
device to lift the skids for installation of the
wheels or r etr act themfor
flight.
The
gr ound handling
wheels should
be r etr acted and the
helicopter
allowed to r est on the skids when the
engine r un-up
is
being per for med
or when
helicopter
is
par ked.
To
facilitate
moving
the
helicopter
on a har d
~sur face,
inser t the slotted
handle
facing
for war d. While
applying aconstant
pr essuie
to handle,
r elease
pin.
Pull
up
and aftwithalifting
motionuntil theholelines
up
Inser t the
locking pin.
CAUTION:
1.
Keep your
feet fr omunder the skids.
2.
Stay on outside of
skid,do not str addle.
NOTE:
Car r y
slotted handle with
helicopter .
Removal.To r emove wheel
assembly
to
r epair
tir e or inspect
wheel
assembly,pr oceedas follows:
a. Place
helicopter on skids.
b. Remove wheel nut.(7)
c. Remove wheel.(8)
Or :
d. Remove
snap r ingfyom
outboar dendofaxleand r emove
entir e
aseembly. (9)
Installation To install wheel
assembly pr oceed
in
r ever se
or der of r emoval.
MM-10-12
*li
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
WHEEL
BAR AND GROUND
HANDLING
LOWERED
POSITION)
MM-10-13
LANDINGGEARASSEMBLY
OLEOSTRUTS
Descr iption.
The
landing gear assembly
is a
skid-type gear
of welded
tubular constr uction. It uses air -oil str uts to absor b
landing
shocks
and to
pr ovide
the
dampening r equir ed to eliminate
gr oundr esonance.
r
b~,
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
PROPER PLACEMENT OF JACK UNDER VERTICALBOLT HEAD
Removal fr om
Helicopter .
a. Use a hoist attached to the main r otor hub and lift
helicopter as a
unit or
jacklanding gear
at outer ends of cr oss tube
member s,
placing jack
under ver tical bolt head.
CAUTION: When
jacking helicopter , place suppor t
under tail
cone assembly
at aft end.
(Ref.10-14.)
slowly. b.Removeall air fr omstr ut
by opening
str utvalve
c. Remove str ut fr om
landing gear by disconnecting
and
r emoving
upper
and lower attach har dwar e (1).
MM-10-14
I)
Q
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
,i
:I; ; ~
r ~
i
I
5
ii
D.
i!l
I
d1~
SUPPORT IN PROPER PLACE WHEN JACKING HELICOPTER FOR RE-
MOVALOF LANDING GEAR
Disassembly.
a. Remove str ut valve (1) fr omstr ut.
b. Dr ain fluidfr omstr ut into
pan.
c. Unscr ew seal
housing (2) fr om
cylinder (3) by using a
str ap
wr ench
on the seal
housing.
NOTE: 1. Place
cylinder
end of str ut assembly
invise.
2.When
r emoving
seal
housing guide
shaft fr om
cylinder
assembly, place str ap
wr ench as close to thr eaded
por tion as possible.
MM-10-15
Disassembly
of Oleo Str uts (Cont)
~ia,
~o
s~g
o
i
f I II~
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
O
nr p
I~
Q
glo ~o
o
i
a
8.
8" ~
08" "
OLEO STRUT ASSEMBLY
MM-10-16
Disassembly
of Oleo Str uts (Cont)
d.
Slowly pull piston
shaft
assembly (4)
fr om the
cylinder (3).
e.
Inspect
r ebound
r ings (5)
for wear and
piston (6) for wear .
f.Checkr elief valve (7) and or ificeholes for
blackage.
g.
Remove
pin (8), piston (6) and
spacer
(13).
Then index mar k
by
use of
paint
for
r eassembly.
h. Removeseal
housing guide
shaft
(2).
i.
Inspect
the linear
backup r ing,
linear " O"
r ing (10) and Victor
" O"
r ing (14). Checkthe
dr y
felt
wiper (11). (Replace as
necessar y.)
NOTE:
Replace piston
shaft
assembly (4) if chr ome is
pitted or scor ed.
j.
Checkr elief valve
spr ing (12). Compr ession length
should be
1.48" on the
piston (6).
NOTE: Relief valve
pr eadjusted
at
factor y,
do not field
adjust.
Assembly.
a. Assemble seal
housing (2)
with " 011
r ing,
linear
backup r ings (10)
and
dr y
felt
wiper (11).
b.Place seal
housing (2) on piston
shaft (4)
with
wiper
end fir st.
c. Install
spacer
(13) with
lar ge
shoulder end towar dthr eaded
por tion
ofseal
housing (2).
d.Place five r ebound
r ings (5) on, making sur e to
stagger
thenotches.
e. Install
piston assembly (6)
per
index
mar k,
and inser t
pin (8).
f. Install new Victor " O"
r ings (14) on seal
housing (2)
above the
thr eads.
g.
Fill the
cylinder (3)
with MIL-H5606A
hydr aulic
fluid
(r ed).
h.
Slowly
inser t seal
housing (2) and
piston assembly
into
cylinder (3).
i. Obser ve that the r ebound
r ings (5) ar e stagger ed
while
inser ting.
j.
Place
str ap onseal
housing assembly (2)
and
tighten.
k.
Fully
extend the str ut and
lay
hor izontal with valve boss
(1)
u
pwar ds.
i. Fill str ut
thr ough
valve boss with
hydr aulic
fluid MIL-H5606A.
m.Slowly fully collapse
the str ut
assembly
while
hor izontal, allowing
excess fluid to dr ain out of str ut while air valve boss is
upwar d.
n.With str ut in
collapsed position,
install str ut valve and
safety.
o.Pr essur izewithair
appr oximately
325-375 PSI.
Installation. Install oleo str ut on landing gear
and secur e at
upper
and lower attach
points.
Lower helicopter
on skids.
MM-10-17
NOTE: Rockthe
helicopter to distr ibute the
weight evenly
between the str uts. Checkthe oleo extension for
3~" to 13~r r fr om r ed
line;
ifthe extension is within
this
r ange
the
pr essur e
is cor r ect.
ORIGINAL
REF.MIN.EXTENSION
As Received
By
ATP
-i
i .j
; :i.
Ser vicing.
NOTE: It is
imper ative
that the air
pr essur e
be maintained
at a level sufficient to
pr event
the str uts fr om
bottoming
when the
helicopter
is r un
up
on the
gr ound.
Inspections. Inspection
of the oleo extension is
mandator y on all
pr eflights. Wiping
the
exposed
oleo extension
daily
will extend the
ser vice lifeoftheexter nal " 0"
r ings.
MM-10-18
STRUCTURE
CORROSION CONTROL
INFORMATION
The air fr ame is fabr icated of aluminum
alloys
and steel and should be
checked
r egular ly
for
any signs
of
cor r osion, especially
at the
points
of
dissimilar metal contacts. Cor r osion of dissimilar metals is the r esult
of sever al conditions: lackof
pr oper
insulation at the
point
of metal
contact,
tear s or
punctur es
of the metal itself,
and ar eas wher e the
pr otective
finishes have been
scuffed, scr atched, chipped, or wor n
off. To
pr event
cor r osion
r esulting
fr om action between the
mating
sur faces of dissimilar
metals,
cer tain
pr ecautions
must be obser ved.
CORROSION PREVENTION--SALT WATER/HIGHHUMIDITY
The r otor cr aft should be washed
ever y day
when
oper ating
over salt
wr iter or when
coming
in contact with salt water .
Washing
should be
accomplished
at least twice a weekin ar eas of
high humidity.
A
constantwatchfor cor r osion
damage
must be maintained.
CORROSION PROBLEMSIN AGRICULTURALAPPLICATION
Liquid
fer tilizer
coming
in contact with br ass causes a chemical
r eaction that r esults in cor r osion and
r apid decomposition
of the
mater ial. Fur ther
study
indicates that the nor mal
pr ocedur es
used to
r etar d or eliminate cor r osion have littleor no effectoncethecondition
has star ted. Since contr ol tur nbuckles ar e made
pr imar ily
of
br ass,
this condition could
pr ove extr emely danger ous.
A
weekly inspection
of tur nbuckles is
r ecommended, using at least a 10-power magnifying
glass.
Any
evidence of
cor r osion, no matter how
small,
is r eason for
r eplace-
ment of the
par t.
Many agr icultur al
chemicals ar e quite
cor r osive to most metals.
For tunately, however , only a few
sever ely
attackthe
lightweight
metals on air cr aft,
and this occur s pr imar ily
when
inadequate car e is
takenin
cleaning
theair cr aftand
equipment daily.
The
helicopter
and the
agr icultur al spr ay
kit ar e designed
and
pr otected
to minimize cor r osion.
However ,
it is
emphasized
that the
pr evention
of cor r osion r ests with the
oper ator
of the
equipment.
The
equipment
should be
completely
cleaned after each
day
of wor k
by washing
with a
pr essur e washer , using a
cleaning
and
neutr alizing
agent,
and then
flushing
withclear water .
NOTE: Most fer tilizer s need mor e than the usual
attention,
because of
highly
cor r osive natur e. Know the
chemical
makeup
of mater ial and clean
equipment
with
necessar y neutr alizing agent.
MM-10-19
Exter ior Sur face
Touchup
Tr eatment (Cont)
d.Allow solution to r emain onsur facefor
appr oximately
fiveminutes.
Keep
sur faceswet.
e. Rinse
thor oughly
with clean water . Dr y
with aclean lintless cloth
and
air -dr y completely.
Aluminum
Alloy.
Touch
up
sur faceas follows:
CAUIION: Do not use steel wool or
emer y
cloth on aluminum
sur faces.
a. Wash affected ar eawith a solution of mild
soap
and fr esh water .
Rinse ar ea with clean water and
wipe dr y
with a clean,
soft
lintless cloth.
b.
Apply
chemical
tr eatment,
such as Alodine, Chr omicoat, or Ir idite,
liber ally
withswab.
c. Allow solution to r emain on sur face for not less thanthr eeminutes
and not mor e than five
minutes, or until sur face
changes
to an
amber to br owncolor .
NOTE: Avoid
letting
the chemical mixtur e
dr y
on the
sur face. If it has dr ied,
r ewet the sur face with the
solution.
d.Rinse tr eated sur face with clean water . After
r insing, wipe
off
excess moistur e with a clean,
lintless cloth. Blow
any
moistur e
fr om
join~s or cr evices with
dr y compr essed
air and allow to
dr y
completely
in
open
air .
e. When ar ea is
completely dr y, apply
two coats of zincchr omate
pr imer , allowing appr oximately
30minutes between each coat.
f.When second coat of zinc chr omate
pr imer
is
dr y, apply
one
coat of
matching
finish.
NOTE: If the solution in
Step
B
above, Specification
MIL-C-5541,
cannot be
obtained,
the
pr ocedur es
outlined in
Steps
E and F will ser ve as atempor ar y
finish.
SURFACE TOUCHUP
Limited Anticor r osion Measur es. The limited anticor r osion measur es
outlined her e ar e to be used
only
in cases wher e the
pr oper
mater ials
or equipment
ar enot available.
WARNING: The limited anticor r osion measur es apply
to the
air fr ame of the
helicopter only.
If a par t
is
cor r oded too far to withstand nor mal loads befor e
the air cr aft can
r each a
major
over haul
base,
metal
patchings
will have to be
per for med on this
par t
befor etheair cr aft is inconditionfor
flight.
MM-10-20
Cor r osion
pr oblems
in
Agr icultur al Application (Cont)-
To
pr event cor r osion,
it is essential that all metallic
components
of
the
helicopter
be
kept
coated with
paint.
Par ticular car e should be
exer cised to r ecoat ar eas in which the
paint
has been scr atched or
chipped
off
dur ing
maintenance
pr ocedur es or the
oper ation
of the
helicopter .
CORROSION ON ALUMINUIVI ALLOYS
Cor r osion will not be
pr esent
on aluminum sur faces that have a
pr otective finish; however ,
cor r osion will attackmetal
thr ough cr acks,
scr atches, etc.,
in
paint.
In such
cases,
the affected ar eas will
gener ally
bechar acter ized
by:
a. A
scaly or blister ed
appear ance
of thefinishsur face.
b.A
dulling
and
pitting
of thear ea.
c. Whitish
powder eddeposits.
NOTE: To differ entiate between aluminum and
magnesium
alloy, apply one dr op
of
or dinar y batter y
acid to
the sur face of the metal
being
tested.
(Apply by
allowing
to dr op
fr om a glass
r od.) If the
alloy
is
magnesium,
a foaming or
boiling
action of the
liquid, accompanied by a blackdiscolor ation of
the
metal,
will
immediately occur . If the
alloy
is
aluminum, no r eaction to the acid will beevidenced.
CAUTION: Do not
apply batter y
acid toor near bolts, fastener s,
seams,
or flying
sur faces.
Immediately
after com-
pleting
the
magnesium
and aluminum
test,
wash the
tested ar eawithwater to
pr event
bur ns andcontinued
acidactiononthe
magnesium.
CORROSION ON ALLOYSTEELS
Cor r osion will not
nor mally
be
pr esent
on steel sur faces that have been
painted; however ,
sur faces
may
cor r odewher emoistur eenter s
thr ough
cr acks, scr atches, etc.,
in the
paint.
Such cor r osion will be char acter -
ized
by:
a. A r eddish or br ownish blister ed
appear ance
in the cor r oded ar ea.
b.
Blister ing
of the
painted
sur faces.
EXTERIOR SURFACE TOUCHUP TREATMENT
Steel
Alloy.
Touch
up
sur faces as follows:
a. Remove
loosely
adher ent
paint
and cor r osion
pr oduct by scr aping
ar eawithashar p phenolicscr aper
or
heavy
fiber br ush.
b.Wash or r ar eawithmild
soap
andcleanfr esh
water ;
r inse
thor oughly.
c.Tr eat sur facewithTur co
WO-1, Pr e-paint, or equivalent.
MM-10-21
Sur face
Touchup (Cont)
a. Examine
par t
or ar eain
question
for extentofcor r osion.
b.Remove
loosely
adher ent
paint
and
powder y pr oducts
of cor r osion
by scr aping or br ushing ar ea.
NOTE: Use a shar p phenolicscr aper
or a
heavy
fiber br ush
tocleanaffectedar eas.
c.Wash off the ar eas with mild
soap
and clean fr esh
water ;
r inse
thor oughly.
d.
Dr y
sur face and
paint
it with two coats of zincchr omate
pr imer .
e. Apply
finishcoatof
enamel,
ifavailable.
f. If none of the above
pr otective coatings ar e available, apply
cor r osion-pr eventive compound, or
apply gr ease liber ally
to affected
ar eas.
NOTE: All new ships ar e
pr ovided
with an
alumagr ip
finish.
Contact
factor y
for
pr imer
and touch
up
kits.
SECTION
FLIGHT CONTROLS
SECTION
1111
Flight
Contr ols
MM-11-1
FLIGHT CONTROLS
DESCRIPTION
The F-28A
Helicopter
is contr olled in
flight by
the collective
pitch
contr ol
stick, thr ottle, cyclicpitch
contr ol stickand tail r otor
pitch
contr ol foot
pedals. See below These contr ols ar e installed
for
oper ation
fr om the left-hand
pilot seat. A dual contr ol kit
(optional) per mits co-pilots oper ation
fr om the
r ight-hand seat.
The collective
pitch
contr ol stickcauses the
helicopter to climb or
descend as the stickis r aised or lower ed. The thr ottle is used inde-
pendently by tur ning
the
gr ip.
The
cyclicpitch
contr ol stickcontr ols
for war d, aft,
left and
r ight
motion of the
helicopter . Longitudinal
contr ol is obtained
by moving
the
cyclic
stickin a for war d or aft
dir ection;
later al motion is obtained
by displacement
of the stick
to the left or r ight. Longitudinal
and later al tr im is
electr ically
contr olled fr om a switch on the
cyclic
stick. The tail r otor
pitch
contr ol foot
pedals var y
the thr ust of the tail
r otor ,
which r esults
in a change
of
heading
of the
helicopter by incr easing or decr easing
the
anti-tor que
effectofthetail r otor .
i
1111
MM-11-2
PILOTSCOLLECTIVE CONTROLSTICK
Removal. (Ref.Section 5-42 and
Page
11-2.)
a. Removeseat
assembly.
b. Disconnect thr ottle flex cable fr om collective bellcr ank
(1) by
r emoving
boltand nut.
c. Disconnect
co-pilots
thr ottle r od (2)
fr om
pilots
collective bell-
cr ank
by r emoving
one bolt
(3), nuts (4) and washer s (5).
d. Remove bolt
(10),
washer s
(11) and nut (12)
fr om bellcr ank(1).
e. Disconnect two bolts (6) and nuts (7) which secur e collective
br acketandstick
assembly
to cr ossover tube
!9).
f. Disconnecttwo electr ical ter minals (8).
g.
Removecollective
assembly
outboar d(12).
NOTE: Do not distur b
jam
nut on thr ottle clevis as this
will alter thr ottle
adjustment.
i,
\o~e
Installation.
a. Install collective
assembly
inboar d (12).
b.Connect two electr ical ter minals (8).
c. Connect two bolts
(6) and nuts (7)
which secur e collective
br acket andstick
assembly
tocr ossover
tube 19).
MM-ll-3
d.Connect
co-pilots thr ottle r od ~2) to
pilots
collective bellcr ank(1)
by installing onebolt
(3), nut (4) andwasher s
(5).
e. Connect thr ottle flex cable to collective bellcr ank
by installing
boltandnut.
f. Reinstall bolt
(10), washer s
(11) and nut (12)
in bellcr ank(1).
g.
Install seat
assembly.
NOTE: Run
up engine
after installation of collective stick
and checkfor
pr oper
thr ottle
oper ation pr ior to
flight.
COLLECTIVE PITCHCONTROLSTICK
The collective
pitch
contr ol
stick,
when moved
upwar d,
incr eases the
pitch
of all thr ee main r otor blades
simultaneously
and to the same
degr ee.
Movement of the stickin the downwar d dir ection decr eases
the
pitch. Incr easing
the collective
pitch
incr eases the lift of the
r otor blades; and, consequently,
the
helicopter
climbs.
Decr easing
the
pitch
decr eases the lift of the r otor and
per mits
contr ol descend.
The thr ottle contr ol is
incor por ated
into the collective
pitch
contr ol
stick.
Oper ating
fr ictibn of the collectivestick
may
be var iedto suit
the individual
pilot by means of afr iction contr ol device. Fr iction of
thethr ottle
gr ip
is also
adjustable.
The
engine
star ter buttor l is located
on the end of the
pilots
collective stick. The
co-pilots
collective
stick,
when
installed,
does not have astar ter button.For
quick
r emoval
pull pin
" A" and
pull
stickfr om socket.
GO-PILOTS COLLECTIVE CONTROLSTICK
Removal. (Ref.Section5-42 and
Page 11-4
a. Disconnect thr ottle r od (2) between
pilots (1) and
co-pilots
collective bellcr ank
(3) by r emoving
bolt
16),
washer s
(7)
and
nut (8).
b. Remove two bolts (4)
and nuts (5) fr om lower
co-pilots
collective
br acket andr emovestick
assembly.
c. Remove bolt
(9),
washer s (10) and nut (11) fr om bellcr ank(3).
d.Reinstall in r ever seor der .
e. Install seat assembly.
NOTE: When
r emoving har dwar e,
attach to r emovable
par ts
for ease ofr einstallation.
NOTE:
Inspect
contr ols
pr ior
to
flight.
MM-11-4
io
j
j
FLIGHT CONTROLSYSTEM
COLLECTIVE TRIM SYSTEM
Removal.
a. Removeseat deckand back
fiber glass
str uctur e.
b.Remove nuts (1),
washer s
(2)
fr om
spr ing housing
r etainer (3).
c. Using special
tool No.
T-0029, secur e spr ing housing.(4)
in the
compr essed position
between bottom of hex nut and
top
of
piston.
.1
e
~i
ORIGINAL
As Received
By LIP OF TOOLT-0029
PSULE
~if
ATP
CAPSULE RE F
MM-11-5
CAL~TION:
Make sur e it is
secur e,
as spr ing
is
highly
loaded.
Place
safety
wir e ar ound
top
to hold in
position.
d.Remove bolt (5), nuts (6) and washer (7)
fr omthe
top capsule (8).
e. Remove bolts
(9),
washer s (10)
and nut (11)
fr om br ackets (12)
anddisassemble.
f. Remove
top r etaining
bolt (13),
washer s
(14), nut (15) and
spacer
(16).
g.
Slide both
pivot
r etainer
str aps
(17) along
the
tor que
tube
(18)
and
off the
capsule pivots (3) as far as they
will move and r emove.
h.
Car efully r emovespr ing housing capsuleassembly.
i. Place
capsule assembly
into vise in the
compr essed
state and cut
safety
wir e off
(special tool) and
slowly
r elease the
spr ings.
j. Inspect
and
r eplace par ts
as
necessar y.
Re-assemble and r e-install
inr ever seor der .
k.To r emove tie r od
assembly (22)
fr om seat
str uctur e,
r emove
har dwar e (23).
3
sB:~i.
.a-B
b
MM-11-6
Rigging.
a. Removeseat deckand back
fiber glass str uctur e.
b.
Adjust
tie r od (20) so that bellcr ank
(21) and
pivot point
of
spr ing
capsule (3) just go
over center when collective stick< is full down
(staticposition).
NOTE: The
adjustment
in (b) acts as an over center lockto
holdcollectiveindown
position.
c.Adjust spr ing
r etainer
cylinder (4) in or out to balance out pilots
collectivefor ceload.
d.Secur e
jam
nuts (22) ontier od
(10).
NOTE: Shor ten tie r od (20) toachieveover center condition.
Installation. Installation of the tr im mschanism is in r ever se or der of
ther emoval. Lube
spr ings
befor e
r eassembly.
SPECIAL
CAUTION: When
installing
the
spr ing
r etainer
capsule assembly,
while
compr essed, capsclle
is
potentially danger ous.
Handle with EXTREME
car e. Ther eis
appr oximately
180Ibs.offor ceexer ted
by
the
spr ings.
:,-t
fk
z
13
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
P3
Y"
SPHING
CAPSULE
r *Ror r LEnEaao
COLLECSIVE
~9
i.
11,
v,
n,
ul
I;
N
p
REF.SWASHP~ATE
9" (REF.)
REF.COLLECTIVE BUNGEE
V
UIC, 19, c I REF.COLLECTIVE UP GOWN STOPS
g
j
COLLECTIVE CONTROLS
MM-11-8
CYCLIC PITCH CONTROL STICK
The
cyclic pitch
contr ol stickcontr ols movement of the
helicopter
for war d, aft,
left and
r ight
while in
flight. Longitudinal
contr ol is
obtained
by
the for war d or aft motion of the
cyclicpitchstick,
which
causes
the swash
plate
to tilt for war d or aft, causing
one complete
cyclic pitch change
of the r otor blades
per
r otor r evolution. With
the swash
plate
tilted for war d,
the r otor blades assume a higher
pitch angle
in the
r etr eating
sector of the
plane
of r otation of the
blades,
and a lower
pitch angle
to the
advancing
sector . This causes
the blades to fly
low in fr ont and
highin back,
thus inducing a
for war dthr ust
component
in ther otor
System.
Thiswill cause for war d
flight
at the desir ed
speed
when coor dinated with the
pr oper
application
of collective
pitch
andthr ottle.Rear war dflight
is
similar ly
accomplished by moving
the
cyclic piach
stickin an aft dir ection.
The cyclic pitch
contr ol stickhas a gr ip
that contains a cyclic
tr im
switch
Later al contr ol is obtained by displacement
of the
cyclic
stickin
a
later al dir ection,
which inclines the swash
plate later ally
and
br ings
about
flight
in a later aldir ection. Displacement
of the
cyclic
contr ol
stickto the
r ight
causes the helicopter to fly to the
r ight
and
vice ver sa.
FLIGHT CONTROLSVSTEM
CYCLIC STICKS
Removal.
a. Disconnect
snap
fastener s onstickboots.
b. Removecannon plugs
fr omseat str uct.ur e r eceptacle.
c. Remove two each bolts (1) and nuts (2)
fr om contr ol stick.
d. Removestick
assembly.
Installation.
a. install stickassembly.
b. Install two each bolts (1)
and nuts (2) to contr ol stick.
c. install cannon plugs
to seat str uctur er eceptacle.
d.Connect
snap
fastener s on stickboots.
NOTE:
Inspect
all contr ols for
secur ity pr ior
to
flight.
MM-ll-9
CONTROLSYSTEMS
CYCLICCONTROLS
Later al and
Longitudinal
Tr imMotor s Removal.
To r emovethelater al tr immotor :
a. Remove
fiber glass seat cover to
gain access to
top
of tr im motor .
b.Disconnect
; he
two wir es fr om the tr im motor to ships system
(blackand
gr een) (1).
c.Disconnect the har dwar e
(2)
fr om the fixed end of the tr im
motor
housing (3).
d.Disconnect the har dwar e fr om the
piston
end of the tr im motor
assembly 14).
e. Removelater al tr immotor
assembly.
To r emovethe
longitudinal
tr immotor
assembly:
a. Remove
fiber glass seat cover to
gain access to
top
of tr im motor .
b.Disconnect the twawir es fr om the tr im motor to ships system
(blackand
gr een) (1).
c. Disconnect the har dwar e (2) fr omthe fixed end of the tr immotor
housing (3).
d.Disconnect the har dwar e fr om the
piston
end of tr im motor
assembly (4).
e. Removetr immotor
assembly.
ORIGINAL
If
tr ouble-shooting pr oves
tr im motor is
inoper ative, r emove tr im
As
Received
By
a" afor assembly
andr emoveand
r eplacemotor as follows:
ATP
a. Disconnect har dwar e
(5) in two places.
19~:
n
3
:~:r ::; :
ii
~!O
i i r
:tit
ai.
t
LATERALAND LONGITUDINALTRIM MOTOR ASSEMBLY
MM-11-10
O
11
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
LATERALAND LONGITUDINALTRIM MOTOR ASSEMBLY
b.Disconnect wir es
(6).
c. Removethetr immotor (10).
If
tr ouble-shooting
indicates the
pr oblem
is with the micr oswitch
oper ation, r emove actur ator assembly as descr ibed
above,
and:
a. Remove micr oswitch
assembly (9) fr om
housing assembly (3) by
r emoving
two scr ews (7), two scr ews (8) and electr ical connection
(6).
b. Re-install micr oswitch
assembly (9) on
housing assembly (3j by
installing
the two scr ews (7), two scr ews (8) and
hooking up
(Red
and Yellow) wir e
(6) fr om micr oswitch
assembly to motor (10).
If
tr ouble-shooting
indicates the
pr oblem
is with the
cyclicgr ip
later al
and
longitudinal
tr im
switch, r emovethestick
gr ip assembly
and
wir ing
as follows: (Ref.
page
11-12).
a.
Removecannon
plug
fr omseat str uctur e.
b.Remove bolt that attaches stick
gr ip
and switch
assembly
to cyclic
stick.
c. Remove
gr ip
fr om
top
of
cyclic
stickto
expose
electr ical connec-
tions. It will be
necessar y
to lift and r otate the stick
gr ip upwar d
while
feeding
the electr ical
wir ing bundlethr ough
thelower
por tion
ofthe
cyclic
stick.
d.Br eakthe electr ical connections on all wir es and r emove gr ip.
NOTE:
Identify
each wir e as it is
separ ated as
this
will aid
in
r econnecting
the electr ical wir es fr omthe bundle
tothenew
cyclic
stick
gr ip.
e. Reinstall in r ever se or der .
MM-11-11
f.Tur n master switch ON and checkthe
oper ation
of the later al and
longitudinal
tr im actuator s
pr ior to.assembling
seat str uctur e and
flight
test.
If
tr ouble-shooting
indicates a mechanical malfunction in the tr im
motor assembly, r emovethe
assembly
and:
a. Removethe
following:
Tr immotor (10).
Electr ical micr oswitch
assembly
(9).
b.
Replace
tir m motor
housing (3) and
spr ing housing assembly (11)
as a unit.
c.Assemble tr im motor (10) electr ical micr oswitch
assembly (9) to
tr im
housing assembly (3) and hook
up wir ing as r emoved.(Ref.
Electr ical
Diagr am
in ELECTRICALSECTION 9 i
page
14.
d.Install later al or
longitudinal
tr im motor assembly
in r ever se
pr ocedur e
as r emoved.
e. After installation of either of the tr immotor assemblies and
pr ior
to
installing seats,
make
complete
final
inspection
of tr im motor
ar ea, inspecting
for
any
loose
bolts, or washer s that
may
have
dr opped
in the ar ea. Tur n master switch
ON,
and activateswitch
on cyclic
stickto see that the tr im motor s
oper ate
in all modes
pr ior
to
flight
test.
FLIGHT CONTROLSYSTEMS
CVCLIC AND COLLECTIVE CONTROL RIGGING PROCEDURE
Ship
level with r efer ence to bottom
bay
of
pylon,
blades at 00
lag.
Mainr otor shaft 20for war dand20left
To checkthe
r igging on the F-28A
Helicopter or to alter the
r igging,
pr oceedas follows:
a. Removeseat back,
back
molding
andsidecowl
panels.
b.Install pilots cyclic r igging
fixtur e tool No.T-0030to establish
neutr al
position(l).
c. Disconnect bellcr anks )2 and 3) on
top
offir ewall at swashplate
side.
d.
Adjust
later al r od
(4)
and for e and aft
push
r ods (5) so that bell-
cr anks (6 and 7) ar e par allel to center line of
ship,
and
adjust
bellcr ank(8)
in aver tical
position. (Use longitudinal
bulkhead for
r efer enceline.) Basic
setting at factor y)
e.
Adjust
the two ver tical r ods (9) so as to position
the backside of
thebellcr anks (2 and3) par allel tobackofcabin.
NOTE: Bellcr anks 2 and 3 should not hit
mounting
br acket located on fir ewall.
2, to J3
9 -*e
O
g
4J
3
U
QRIG(MAC
CYCLIC
CONTRQL
SYST~M
AsReceivedi
18y
ATP
MM-ll-13
f.
Remove
cyclicr igging
fixtur es and
cycle
sticks in
for war d, aft,
and
later al
positions
andcheckfor fr eedomoftr avel.
NOTE: If no fur ther
adjustment
is
necessar y,
secur e all
jam
nuts on contr ol r ods,
and checkfor
pr oper
r od end
thr ead extension.
g.
Reinstall pilots cyclicr igging jig.
h. Install
swashplater igging jig,
Tool No.T-0031.
i.
Adjust
r ods
(10) so as toconnecttobellcr anks (2 and3) andsecur e
withboltsandnuts.
NOTE: Checkthethr eever tical r ods inmasttoseethatthey
ar e thesame length
at
top
of hub. (Ref.
Pg.11-14.1
j.
Hook
up
the thr eever tical r ods
(32)
to
walking
beams
(35) at
top
ofr otor head.
(Ref.Pg.
11-16.)
NOTE: When
wor king on r otor head, place r ag
(r ed) in
top
of main r otor shaft to pr eclude
the
possibility
of
dr opping
har dwar einshaft.
k. Rechecklevel of
helicopter
with use of
pr otr actor
on left-hand
lower
pylonlonger on.
i. Set down
stop
of
pilot
collectivecontr ol to
appr oximately
9" fr om
center line of star ter button on end of collective to floor line.
NOTE:
By
the use of a pr otr actor placed on
top
of the
pilots collective, you
should obtain a r eading
of
appr oximately
200pitch
with r efer ence to floor
line.(Ref.
Pg.
11-2.)
m.Hook
up
the thr ee linkr ods between the
walking
beams and the
br acketattachedto ther etentionassemblies.
n.Position each r etention
assembly
at
r ight, angles
to the mast
(3
oclock
position)
900to
r ight
sideof
ship.
o.
Place
pr otr actor
on blader etentionassembly.
NOTE:
Always position
at same
spot
on all r etention
assemblies and
adjust pitch
links to achieve the
position
+6.250+.750
angle
of incidence on the
r etention assembly.
p. Repeat
this
pr ocedur eoneach r etention
assembly.
q.
Lift
pilot
collective stickand
adjust
the
up stop
to a positive
+17.250f.750on r etention assembly
to achieve a total tr avel of
between 100and 110.
NOTE: Remove
r igging
fixtur es. Checkr ods (10) for
pylon
clear ance,
and checkdistance between bottom of
swashplate
and
top
of
engine
baffle for clear anc~.
r . Rotate
cyclic
contr ol
thr ough
a 3600atimuth with collective
up
anddown
position
andcheckfor fr eedomofmovement.
s.
Reinspect
entir e
system
for
secur ity.
MM-ll-14
CYCLICAZIMUTHCHECK VERIFICATION OF RIGGING
a. Positioncollectivedown
against stop
and
cyclic
for war d
against stop.
b.Checkblade
pitch
at r oot r etention
plates
with blade to
r ight
at
r ight angles
to ship (3
oclock
position)
for e and aft center line
900azimuth -2.50f.750.
c. Position
cyclic
AFT
against stop.
d.Checkblade
pitch
at r oot r etention
plates
with blade to
r ight
at
r ight angles
to ship (3
oclock
position)
for e and aft center line
(900azimuth) +14.250flo.
e. Position
cyclicr ightagainst stop.
f. Checkblade
pitch
at r oot r etention
plate
with blade
positioned
appr oximately
70to
r ight
of for war d center line
position (1730
azimuth) +14.250flo.
g.
Position
cyclic
left
against stop.
h.Checkblade
pitch
at r oot r etention
plate
with blade for war d and
70to
r ight
as befor e -20
flo.
NOTE: Tr ackthe
helicopter per following
infor mation.
NOTE: When
wor king on r otor
head, place r ag
(r ed) in
top
of main r otor shaft to
pr event
the
possibility
of
dr opping
har dwar e down shaft.
SWASHPLATE ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
Each of the thr ee main r otor blade assemblies is attached to the
outboar d blade r etention
assembly by a high-str ength
ver tical bolt.
By actuating
the
cyclic or collective
contr ols,
the
pilot changes
the
tilt of the
non-r otating plate assembly,
which is located above the
engine compar tment.
A
r otating swashplate
follows the tilt of the
non-r otating swashplate.
Thr ee
push-pull
r ods ar e enclosed in themast
assembly,
and linkthe
walking
beams on
top
of the r otor hub to the
r otating swashplate
and
var y
the
pitch angle
of the main r otor blades.
REMOVAL
To r emove the
swashplate assembly
with main r otor tr ansmission
installed,
fir st r emove the lower
swashplate assembly to
inspect
and
r eplacebear ings as
necessar y.
Pr oceed as follows:
NOTE: Index mar kall
par ts
befor e
separ ating
to aid in
r eassembly
of
swashplate.
MM-11-15
a. Removebothside
panel
cowls.
b.Dr ainfuel tanks.
c. Removeonefuel tank.
d.Disconnect the
longitudinal
and later al
cyclic
r ods (1) fr om
bear ing
housing (2) on
swashplate(7).
e. Remove the thr ee
special
bolts (3) and nuts (4) fr om
dog legs (5).
CAUTION: Do not lose washer s or
spacer s
(6) on bolts (3)
between
dog leg
(5) and
swashplate, as they must be
in the same location on installation.
f.Cut
safety
wir e and r emovethe six scr ews (8)
andwasher s
(9) fr om
the
upper
univer sal halfof
swashplate(10).
NOTE: When
r emoving, note
alignment
mar ks (" V" ) on
upper
and lower
swashplate
halves. This aids in
r eassembly.
g.
Lower and r emovelower univer sal
housing (7).
h.
Following
ther emoval ofthelower univer sal
housing (7),
disassemble
as follows:
i. Disconnect the
following
har dwar e: cotter
pin (Il)andnut (12),
washer
(16)
fr om tie r od (13).-Remove tie r od (13) fr om
housing
(10). When
r emoving
tie r od (13) the
following par ts
should be
r emoved:
spacer (14) andwasher (15).
j.
Remove shaft
(17)
fr om univer sal
housing (7) by
fir st
r emoving
cotter
pin (18) and nut
(19),
washer s
(20and 21)and one sleeve
(22) and
bear ing (23).
k.Remove
har dwar e, consisting
of cotter pin (24),
washer
(25],
and
nut (26)
fr ombolt (27) thatsecur es thelower
bear ing housing (10).
Removebolt (27) andwasher
(30).
i. Remove
r etaining r ing (28) fr om lower
bear ing housing (2).
m.Pr ess
bear ing (29) outof
bear ing housing (2).
IMPORTANT
NOTE: The
bear ing
(19) must be
r eplaced at 1200hour s.
INSPECTION OF LOWER SWASHPLATE ASSEMBLY
Following disassembly
of the lower
swashplate unit, per for m
the
following inspections
and
r eplace
all
par ts
as
necessar y.
a. Checkthe four DU
bear ings (23 and 31)
for
galling,
excessive
looseness or r oughness. Replaceas
necessar y.
NOTE: If it is
necessar y
to
r eplace
DU
bear ings, pr ess
sleeves (22) out of
housing assembly (7)~and
pr ess
DU
bear ings(23)
outofsleeve (22).
MM-11-16
.L I;
40
/1 ~3
39
37
r 49~
g
r \
1 10
t~,a>o,
47
36
~9
0
31
19
Is
18
48
a
15
23
14
17
26
24
c
45
Iq
gC%i
4 44
25 B
11
4
ia
r I
I
i
7
; /~43
~30
i~k
2
1
28
1
CONTROLRODS
C~,
5 11
33
SWASHPLATE ASSEMBLY
MM-ll-17
b.
Inspect
tie r od
(13) and shaft
(17) to see that
they move
easily
in
the DU
bear ings
without
any
excessive
binding
befor e
assembly.
c.Checkthe lower
bear ing (29) for
galling
or
r oughness
and
r eplace
if
necessar y.
See NOTE
Page
11-15.
ASSEMBLY OF LOWER SWASHPLATE UNIT
a. After
inspection
of lower univer sal
housing
unit for cr acks and a
checkof all
attaching har dwar e, pr oceed
to assemble in the r ever se
or der or r emoval, paying par ticular
attention to
inspection notes
as statedabovefor ease in
r eassembly.
b.After
assembly
of tie r od
(13) and shaft
(17),
checkfor fr eedom
of
oper ation
andr otational movement.
c. Following
final
inspection
of this
unit, set aside until the
upper
univer sal
housing assembly (10) is
r emoved, disassembled, inspected
and
r einstalied,
after which the lower univer sal
housing (7)
may
be
installed.
REMOVALAND DISASSEMBLY OF UPPER SWASHPLATE UNIT
NOTE: Index each
dog leg(5) to its
r espective push
r od
assembly (32) befor er emoval.
a. Remove cotter pins (33) and shear castle nuts (34)
fr ombottomof
push-pull
tube
(32)
and r emove the thr ee
r espective dog legs (5)
withtheuseof
special
tool No.T-0045.
b.Disconnect
walking
beams (35) fr om
push-pull
tubes (32) at
top
of
mast and r emove push-pull
r ods
(32)
fr om the
top
of mast.
NOTE: Index mar k
walking
beams to
r espective push-pull
r ods for ease in installation.
After r emoval of
push-pull
tubes
(32),
attach each
r espective dog
leg (5) and nuts (34) to
push-pull
tubes (32)
for ease in
r eassembly.
c. Disconnect collective
walking
beam (35) attr ansmission
pivot point,
atfir ewall
push-pull
tubeandat
bear ing housing (36).
d.Remove the thr ee bolts (37) and washer s (38) fr om
housing
and
bear ing assembly (39). This will allow r etainer
guide
shaft
assembly (40) and
bear ing housing assembly (39) to be r emoved as
a unit.
Following
r emoval of this unit fr om lower mast
assembly,
continue
pr ocess
of
disassembly.
e. Disengage
the lock
plate (41) that holdsthethr eenuts (42) in
place
ontheunder sideofthebell
housing (43).
f. Remove
guide
shaft
(40), housing (39),
and
bear ing housing (36).
g.
Cut
safety
wir e and r emove the six bolts (44) and washer s (45)
attaching
r etainer
plate C46) tocollective
yokebear ing housing (36).
MM-ll-18
h.Pr ess out
spacer
(47)
fr om
bear ing inter -r ace
i. Pr ess
bear ing
(48) out.This is a 1200hour
bear ing.
NOTE: Be sur e the same shim thickness is maintained
upon
r einstallation,
28-16125-3 or -4 or -5. A shim char t
is
par t
of the~Maintenance Manual and all shims ar e
color codes for thickness identification.
TRANSMISSION
REF.
SWASHPLATE
ASSY.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
INSPECTION OF: UPPER SV\IASHPLATE UNIT
a. Inspect
the six DU
bear ings (49) that ar e installed in the
housing
and
bear ing assembly (39). Checkfor
looseness, galling,
and
r eplace
if
necessar y.
b.Inspect bear ing (48) for
any
evidence of
galling or
r oughness.
c. Inspect
entir e
housing
assemblies for
any
cr acks
pr ior to
r eassembly.
d.Checkr ivets in r etainer and
guide
shaft
assembly (40) for
secur ity.
e. Inspect push-pull
r ods
(32) for
any
evidenceof
scor ing.
f.
Inspect
bottom
taper
of
push-pull
r od for
any
evidence of
pitting,
fr etting, or looseness between
dog leg
and r od.
g.
Inspect dog leg (5) r ubber
inser ts, and
r eplace
if
necessar y.
h.Checkthe four oilite
bear ings
in
suppor t
link
assembly at
walking
beamattach
point
for excessivewear .
i. Checkthe two
bushings
in
walking
beam for
galling
and
fr etting.
MM-ll-19
ASSEMBLYOF UPPER SWASHPLATE UNIT
a. Following inspection
of entir e
swashplateassembly
and
r eplacement
of
par ts
as
necessar y,
r eassemble
upper swashplate
unit in r ever se
or der of
disassembly
and r einstall in lower
par t
ofmast.
NOTE: Refer ence standar d
tor que
values
except
for
dog
leg taper
140in./lbs.and
walking
beam Push-Pull
Rod End 40
in./lbs., Pitch
Change
Link70
in./lbs.,
Pivot Point 40in./lbs.
b.Assemble lower univer sal
housing assembly (7) to
upper
univer sal
housing assembly (10).
c. Following
installation of
push
r ods
(32) fr omthe
top
ofmast down
and after
hooking up dog legs (5)
in
r espective positionas noted
by
alignment
mar ks made on
disassembly,
checkto see that ther e is
no
r ubbing or
cocking
of the
push-pull
tubes at the
dog leg
attach
points or at the
upper walking
beamattach
points.
d.After installation and
inspection
of main r otor contr ol
system
for
fr eedomof motion and
pr oper tr avel,
and all
safety devices,
that
is,
cotter keys
and
safety wir e, ar e installed,
install
gas
tankand hook
up.
e. After installation of fuel
tank, tur n on fuel valveandcheckfor
any
leaks
pr ior to
star ting gr oundr un.
f.After
completing satisfactor y gr ound r un,
r einstall left and
r ight
hand
cowl,
fill
gas
tanks to
pr oper capacity, pr e-flight helicopter
and
flight
check.
MAIN ROTOR BLADE TRACKINGPROCEDURE
Descr iption.
The thr ee main r otor blades ar e tr acked to each other
befor e the
helicopter star ts its
pr oduction flight
test.
Nor mally,
it is
necessar y
to tr ackblades in ser vice after a new par t
has been installed
and the basicdimensions have been alter ed.If it is
necessar y
to tr ack
the
blades, pr oceed as follows:
a. Install a
tr acking light (250W) to ships power
sour ce.
b.Install r eflector s on bottom of r otor blades at outboar d end.
Put r eflector with bar on r ed blade
facing
inboar d.Thiswill bethe
master blade to which
you
will tr ackthe other two blades.
c. Place one clear r eflector
facing
inboar d.
d.Place one clear r eflector
facing
outboar d.
NOTE: Install r eflector s
par allel
toblade
tip.
e. Star t
engine
and with
r otor engaged pull helicopter
to a hover .
Obser ve tr ackof the one blade
against
the bar or master blade.
f.Rever se the clear
r eflector s,
hover
helicopter
and checktr ackof
the clear
against
the bar or master blade.
MM-11-20
NOTE: If it is obvious that
only one blade is out of
tr ack,
land and cor r ect the condition
immediately by
adjusting
the
pitch
linkof that blade. Rever se
clear r eflector s as
necessar y
in or der to obser ve the
blade
you
ar e
tr ying
to
adjust.
g.
Again
hover
helicopter
and obser vethe
tr acking path.
h. If the two clear blades ar e
high or low
compar ed
to master blade,
cor r ect
by adjusting
master blade.
This would
nor mally
be the fir st
adjustment
made when
star ting
the
tr acking pr ocedur e.
CAUTION:
1.It is
impor tant
in
tr acking
for hover condition that
the blades be
br ought
into tr ack
by utilizing
the
pitch
link.
2.If the
helicopter
has had maintenance thatdistur bed
the
r igging
or a
change
of r otor or contr ol
par ts,
it
may
be advisable to zer o out the tr im tab
settings
befor e
star ting tr acking pr ocedur e.
3.Tr im tabs ar e
nor mally
used to cor r ect for out of
tr ackcondition at cr uise
air speed.
Tab
adjustment
will
pr imar ily
effect the tr ackat the for war d end of
the
tip path plane.
Ther efor e thetr ackconditionin
cr uise should be viewed
str aight
for war d fr om the
cabin.
i, When hover tr ackis
satisfactor y, fly
the
helicopter
in a fast cr uise
and obser ve the tr ack
str aight
for war d
(12
oclock
position).
j. Complete flight
and
adjust
tr ack
using
tr im tab
only. Adjusting
tr im tab
may
tend to thr ow out tr ack
r eading
at hover . In this
case, r eadjust
with
pitch
linkbefor e
r eadjusting
tab
again.
NOTE:
Bending
tab
up
causes blade to come
up,
and the
r ever sefor down.
CAUTION: Use
only
10or 20incr ements for tab
bending.
If
mor e than 80is
necessar y,
checkmain r otor
damper ,
binding
in main r otor
feather ing axis, or deter ior ated
r ubber in
swr ashplate dog legs.
k.
Following completion
of
tr acking pr ocedur e,
all
pitch
links should
becheckedfor
tightness.
i. Removethr eer eflector s.
m.Rig helicopter
for autor otation.
Fly at 55 MPHindicated
air speed
and
appr oximately
2000
pounds gr oss weight (two
per sons plus
fuel).
MM 11-21
FLIGHT CONTROLSYSTEM
PROCEDURE FOR SETTING AUTOROTATIVE RPM
a. Load
helicopter
with two
people
and full fuel.(2,000Ibs.
gr oss
wt.appr ox.)
b. Enter autor otation at altitude
adequate
for stabilized autor otation
at 58 MPH.
c. Acceptable
r otor RPM is 345 to 355; 350to 360with
leading edge
tape
(standar d day sea level).For other than standar d conditions
the
following
cor r ections can be made:
1,000
ftincr ease in
density
altitudewill incr easetheautor otative
RPM
by
5.
1,000
ft.decr ease in
density
altitudewill decr ease the autor ota-
tive RPM
by
5.
100Ibs. incr ease in
gr oss weight
will incr ease the autor otative
RPM
by
10.
100Ibs.decr ease in
gr oss weight
will decr ease the autor otative
RPM
by
10.
d.
Adjust r otor RPM (if out of
r ange) by tur ning
r odend in
pitch
links
(main r otor hub)
in or out.One full (3600) tur n of r od end (not
pitch
link
bar r el) will
change
autor otative r otor speed by
10RPM.
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE SYSTEM
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE SVSTEM VIBRATION
TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART
a. Ver tical Vibr ation 1. Tr ack
2.Tab out of
adjustment
3.Wor n
dog legs
4.
Damper
5.
Gr ip binding gr ease
6.Wor n r od ends
7.Lamiflex
bear ing
bad
b. Later al
Cyclic
Feedback 1. Excessive tab
2. Gr ip binding
3.Lamiflex
bear ing
bad
4. Binding
in
swashplate
" U"
joint
5. Bad
pitching
moment in blade
c.Cyclic
Whir l When 1, Gr ip binding
Released Flat Pitch 2.Lamiflex
bear ing
bad
3.Tr ack
4.Blade
pitching
moment
d.Shuffle,
1-1For e and Aft 1. Damper
Revised May 22, 1974 (cont)
MM 11-22
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE SYSTEM VIBRATION
TROUBLESHOOTINGCHART (Cont)
e. Medium
Fr equency
i.Tail r otor
gimble bear ings
Vibr ation
(2365RPM)
2. Tail r otor
pillow
block
bear ing or r ubber inser t
3. Tail r otor shaft
alignment
4.Tail r otor balance
f.
High Fr equency
1. Belt r oller too far
away
fr om belt
Vibr ation 2. Idler
pulley bear ing
3. Cr acked or
missing
belt mater ial
(ir r egular r umbling sound)
4.Jackstr ut
bear ings
5.
Damaged or missing
fan blade
6.
Engine mounts bottoming or
age
har dened
g.
Gr ound Bounce i.
Damper
r od end bad
Flat
pitch
2.
Damper mounting
bolts
3. Out of tr ack
4. Hub
plate bushing
5. Flat oleo str ut
Fr equency
Rates
Low ~400RPM
Medium 400-2500RPM
High 250Qup
RPM
SECTION
FURNISHINGS
SECTION
12
Fur nishings
MM-12-1
FURNISHINGS
DESCRIPTION
The F-28A
Helicopter
is a thr ee-place helicopter .
The left hand seat
is the
pilots seat;
the
r ight
hand seats can be used
by
the
copilot or
passenger s.
The cabin section is constr ucted of molded
fiber glass
with
an aluminum seat str uctur e attached. A stainless steel fir ewall
separ ates
the
enginecompar tment
fr omthecabinsection.
Rugs. Rugs ar e fabr icated fr omacombination of
nylon
andwool and
spr ayed
with fir e r etar dant mater ial,
and secur ed to the floor
by
scuff
plates
and
cyclic
bootcover s.
Scuff Plates. Scuff
plates ar e fabr icated of aluminum
alloy
and
attached
by
six scr ewsateach
pedal assembly.
Cyclic
Boot Cover s.
Cyclic
boot cover s ar e fabr icatedfr om
nylon
and
wool mater ial and attached
by
13
snap
fastener s on each stick.
Fir ewall
SoundpPoofing.
Thefir ewall
soundpr oofing
is fabr icatedfr om
nylon
andwool accoustical mater ial for sound
suppr ession.
Collective
Housing.
Thecollective
housing
is fabr icatedfr om
fiber glass
andattachedtofir ewall andfloor
by scr ews.
Seat Belts. One seat belt is
supplied
for the
pilot
and theother for the
two
passenger s.
Seat Cushions. The foam seat cushions ar e cover ed with
nylon
and
wool mater ial and
snapped
onto the
fiber glass
seat str uctur e.
Head Set Attachments. Heat set attachments ar e two hooks secur ed
to the fir ewall.
Head Set JackBox. The dual
jack
box is located in the center ofthe
fir ewaII.
Document Holder s. Document holder s ar e pr ovided by
the manu-
factur er for
necessar y
FAA documents.
Door
Latching
Mechanism. A flexible cable is attached to handles
and an over center locking
device latches door at lower door fr ame.
CyclicGr ip.
The
following
contr olsar e locatedon the
gr ip:
A for e, aft,
and later al tr imswitch.
A
two-position
r adio tr ansmitter switch on the for war d side of
the
gr ip.
Collective Stick. A star ter button is locatedonthefor war dend ofthe
stick.
SECTION
UTILITY
SYSTEMS
SECTION
13
Wtility Systems
MM-13-1
UTILITYSYSTEMS
CABIN HEATINGSYSTEM
War m air used for
heating
the cabin is der ived fr or r l aheater shr oud
mounted on the collective exhaust stackmuffler . The air enter s this
system
fr omthe
engine cooling
shr oud and is conducted
by aflexible
hose to the heater shr oud. Fr om
her e,
the air is dir ected to a heater
valve mounted on the aft side of the fir ewall.This valve is connected
to the cabin heatcontr ol and is used to
r egulate
the air flow into the
cabin ar ea. A diffuser outlet is locatedinthecenter ofthecabinfloor
just
for war d of both
pilot
and
passenger s,
and
gives adequate
heat for
all kinds ofweather .Thecontr ol is locatedontheleft-handsideofthe
pilots seat. The
pilot may var y
the
temper atur e by pushing
in tothe
OFF
position or out to the ON
position.
When the contr ol is in the
OFF position,
the hot air is
dischar ged thr ough a hot air deflector Jn
thebottomcowl ofthe
helicopter .
Heater Shr oud. The muffler is enclosed
by a heater shr oud. Air
flowing thr ough
the heater shr oud is war med
by
its
passage
ar ound
themuffler .
Remove the shr oud cover
assembly
fr om the
muffler ,
and
inspect
for
any
cr acks that ar e evident in either the muffler or the
shr oud,
either
weld the exhaust stacks in an appr oved manner as cer tified
by
FAA or
r epair
themuffler
assembly
under standar d FAA
r egulations.
NOTE: See F-28A INSPECTION SHEET.
At the same time,
it is
impor tant
to checkthe inlet and outlet flex
lines for cr acks.
Valve
Assembly.
To r emove the heater valve
assembly
incase of
malfunction of the contr ol
valve, use the
following pr ocedur e:
a. Open
the
r ight,
side
panel
and lower cowl to
gain access to the
contr ol valve locatedon thefir ewall
(4).
b.Disconnect the flex line
(5) attaching
to the valve
assembly,
and
disconnecttheflex line
(3) on theinletsideofthevalve.
c.Oper ate
contr ol
thr ough
full
r ange
and obser ve the tr avel of valve
by looking
in exit holewith hose
(5).r emoved.
d.If contr ol does not move thr ough
its full close and
open r ange,
disconnect contr ol valve flex line at heater valve,
and
r eplace
unit
or r epair as
necessar y.
e.
If it is
necessar y
to r emove the diffuser outlet (7)
in the
cai-7, you
may
do so by r emoving
the scr ews that attach it to the cabi: floor
and to the duct
assembly (8).
CAUTION: It is
impor tant
that
dur ing
cold weather athor ough
pr e-flight
be
given
oftheheater
system
for
any
leaks.
NOTE: See Tr ouble
Shooting
Guide.
TROUBLE-SHOOTING CABIN HEATING SVSTEM
TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTION
Exhaust fumes enter cabin Hole in exhaust stackor Replace
stackmuffler
whencabin heat is applied.
muffler . or weld.
Insufficient heat. Flexiblehoses for war dof Connect hoses and
fir ewall off or loose. secur e with
clamps.
Contr ol
linkage
discon- Connect
Iinkage pr op-
nected or loose. er ly.
Deffective heater shr oud.
Replace or r epair
heater shr oud.
Defective valve
assembly. Repalce or r epair
valve
assembly.
5 n
o 0o
-Le~
O
3
J
,i
FIREWALL
REFERENCE
O
I
(4
1
m
Z
I
a 1
,1
z
cl
i
r
P
CONTROL
$9,
r -
(L
B
IN POSITION
IUI
OUT POSITION
OFF ON
MM-13-4
SP-4232-1
REF.ILLUSTRATION
SHROUD .:i
CARGO HOOK
28-22015
22009 TUBE
3,
ASSEMBLY
MS24509-5 T~GGLE SWITCH
CIRCUIT BREAKER
28-22012 CONTROL~
28-22010BRACKET
CYCLIC STICK
WIRING DI*GRIM
44MINGSWITCH i I RELElfESWITCH
O O
46-3 LEID 46-4 LEID
O
46-2 LE*D
TI TERMINILSTRIP
CIRGO
O
HOOK
46-5
O
O
16-1LEID
16-6 LEID
BUSSSIDE OF PIWELLIGHT CIRCUIT BREIIER
NOTE: WIRINGTOBE DONE IN *CCORD*NCE WITH~C0.13-1
(FI*4DVISORY CIRCULIRI CHIPTER II.
LEID WIRE TOMEET MIL-W-~6
CARGO HOOK INSTALLATION KIT
SECTION
INSTRUMENTS
SECTION
Instr uments
MM-14-1
INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Descr iption.
The hor izontal instr ument
panel
is
centr ally
located in
the fr ont of the cabin for
optimumvisibility by
either
pilotor copilot.
Instr uments and switches located on the instr ument
panel ar e as
follows:
1. Radio Cir cuitBr eaker .
2.Radio.
3.
Auxilliar y
Fuel
Pump
Switch. The fuel booster
pump
switch
and fuel
pr essur e war ning lights
ar e located
adjacent
to the
manifold
pr essur e
andfuel
pr essur egages.
4.Combination Fuel Pr essur e and Manifold Pr essur e
Gage.
The
fuel
pr essur e gage
is connected to the flow divider and indicates
the
pr essur e
in the fuel lines in
pounds per squar e
inch. The
manifold
pr essur e gage
is connected to No. 3
cylinder ,
and
indicates
power being
used.
5.Altimeter . The altimeter indicates the
height
of the
helicopter
above sea level. The altimeter is
oper ated by
staticair
pr essur e
der ived fr om the
air speed pitot-staticsystem.
The altimeter is
of the sensitive
type
that
pr ovides
a
distance-height r eading
fr om
0to 25,000
feet. The
long
hand in a
single complete sweep
of
the dial totals
1,000feet,
andtheshor t handtotalsthethousands
ofthefeetaltitude.
6.
Air speed
Indicator . The
single
scale
air speed
indicator is cali-
br ated in miles
per
hour and
pr ovides an indicated
air speed
r eading
at
any
time
dur ing
for war d
flight.
The
r eading
is obtained
by measur ing
the differ ence between
impact
air
pr essur e
and
the static; ent. The
pitot tube,
which
pr ovides
the
impact
air
pr essur e sour ce,
is located for war d of the cabin nose section.
Staticair
pr essur e
for instr ument
oper ation
is der ived fr omtwo
staticvents located on either side of thetail coneassembly.
The
openings
in the
pitot
tubeandstaticvent
por ts
must bemaintain-
ed obstr uction-fr ee and clean at all times for
pr oper
instr ument
oper ation.
7.
Engine
and Rotor Tachometer .The
engine
and r otor tachometer s
ar e combined on a single
indicator with concentr icscales cali-
br ated in
engine
RPM and r otor RPM. One needle mar ked " E"
indicates
engine RPM,
while a second needle mar ked " R"
indicates r otor RPM. The indicator is
mechanically
connected
to the r otor
assembly
and
engine assembly thr ough
flexible
cables.
8.Fuel
Quantity
Indicator . The fuel
quantity gage continuously
indicates the total
quantity
of fuel. It is hooked
up thr ough a
simple typeliquidometer
floatlocatedinthe
r ight
handfuel tank.
MM-14-2
9.
Engine
Oil Pr essur e
Gage.
The
engine
oil
pr essur e gage
indicates
the
pr essur e
in the
engine
oil lines in
pounds per squar e
inch.
10.Main Rotor Tr ansmission
Temper atur e
Indicator . A main r otor
tr ansmission
temper atur e gage
is located on the instr ument
panel
and is r edlinedat 2200F.
11.
Engine
Oil
Temper atur e
Indicator . The
engine
oil
temper atur e
indicator measur es engine
oil
temper atur e electr ically by means
of a ther mocouple
installed in the
engine
oil scr een
housing.
12.Ammeter . The ammeter indicates theamount ofelectr iccur r ent
supplied by
the
batter y
and the amount of the cur r ent supplied
by
thealter nator tothe
batter y.
13.
Cylinder
Head
Temper atur e
Indicator . The
cylinder
head
temper atur e
indicator measur es the
cylinder
head
temper atur e
by means of electr iccur r ent fr oma
ther mocouple
locatedinthe
bottomof No.3
cylinder
head.
14.Hour Meter .
15.
Magneto
Switch. The
magneto
switch is akey-oper ated
switch
located in the center of the instr ument
panel.
For
star ting,
place
theswitchin the BOTH
position.
16.Master Switch. The master switch is located on the instr ument
panel
next to the master switch cir cuit br eaker . It is asingle-
thr ow, two-position
switch.
17.Panel
Light
Switch.
18.
Running Lights
Switch.
19.Anti-Collision
Light
Switch.
20.
Landing Light
Switch.
21.Alter nator Switch.
22.Panel
Light
Cir cuit Br eaker .
23.
Running Light
Cir cuitBr eaker .
24.Anti-Collision
Light
Cir cuitBr eaker .
25.
Landing Light
Cir cuit Br eaker
26.
Ignition
Cir cuit Br eaker .
27.Instr umentC1.Cir cuitBr eaker .
28.Tr imMotor Cir cuitBr eaker .
29.
MagneticCompass.
The
magneticcompass
indicates the
heading
of the
helicopter
in r elation to
magnetic
Nor th. It is a dir ect
indicating compass
and indicates the
heading by means of a
floating
car d element that is r ead
against afixed r efer ence line.
The
liquid
used in the
compass dampens
the car d oscillation. A
compass light
is fur nished for
night flying.
A
compass
cor r ection
car d and car d holder is fur nished
adjacent
to the instr ument.
30.Fr ee Air
Temper atur e
Indicator . The fr ee air
temper atur e
indicator is adir ect
r eading,
bi-metallicinstr umentwithastainless
MM-14-3
steel
pr obe.
This instr ument
pr ovides
ambient
temper atur e
infor mation which,
when
utilized,
will assist in
deter mining per -
for mance capabilities
of the
helicopter at the
existing
climatic
condition. The indicator is located in the
top
of the
canopy.
31.Instr ument
Lights.
32.Mixtur eContr ol. The mixtur econtr ol is located incenter lower
por tion
ofinstr ument
panel.
MM-14-4
,.1
13 1
As Received
By
ORIGINAL
~_O
ATP
i
:I
r -:.
; o
KEY TO INSTRUMENT PANEL
1 Manifold pr essur e/fuel pr essur e
16
Engine
hour meter
2 Fuel
quantity
17 Clock
3 Oil
pr essur e
18 Panel
light
4 Main r otor
gear
box 19
Running lights
5 Oil
temper atur e
20 Anti-collision
light
6 Ammeter
21
Landing light
7
Cylinder temper atur e
22 Alter nator switch
8 Radio cir cuit br eaker
23 Panel
light
cir cuit br eaker
9 Altimeter
24
Running light
cir cuit br eaker
10
Air speed
25 Anti-collision
light
cir cuit br eaker
11
Rotor /engine tachometer
26
Landing light
cir cuit br eaker
12 Panel
light
dimmer switch
27.
Ignition
cir cuit br eaker
13
Ignition
switch
28 Instr ument CL cir cuit br eaker
14 Master switch and cir cuit br eaker
29 Tr im motor cir cuit br eaker
15 Fuel
pr essur e
indicator
and boost
pump
switch
MM-14-5
INSTRUMENTSAND SVSTEMSTROUBLESHOOTING
CHART
Al RSPEED I NDICATOR
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
Air speed
Indicator NeedleFailsto
Respond:
Incor r ect
pitot
tube
hookup.
Check
tubing
connection andmake
necessar y
cor r ections.
Obstr uctions in
pitot
lines. Disconnect
pitot
line fr om
pitot
head and instr uments and static
line fr om
fuselage
and
instr ument;
clear lines with
compr essed
air .
Check
pitot
tubedr ainhole.
CAUTION: Never
apply positive pr essur e
to staticlines with
the instr uments
connected;
this will
damage
the
instr umentmechanism.
Oscillationof
Air speed
Indicator :
Leakin
pitot or static lines. Checkall connections and check
flexible hoses atbackofinstr ument
for
leakage.
Moistur e in
pitot or static Disconnect
pitot
line fr om instr u-
lines. ment and staticline fr om
fuselage
flanges
and
instr uments; clear lines
with
compr essed
air . Check
pitot
tubedr ainhole.
COMPASS
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
ExcessiveCar d Element Er r or :
Impr oper compensation. Compensatecompass.
Exter nal
magnetic
inter fer ence. Locate
magnetic
inter fer ence and
eliminate.
Air in bowl.
Replace compass.
Excessive Car d Element Oscillation:
Insufficient
liquid
in bowl.
Replace compass.
MM-14-6
Car d Element Not Level:
Leaking
float chamber .
Replace compass.
Car d
magnets
detachedfr omcar d.
Replacecompass.
Car d Element Is
Sluggish:
Dir ty jewels
or pivots. Replacecompass.
Weakcar d
magnets. Replacecompass.
Instr umentheavily Compensatecompass.
compensated
Compensator
Does Not HaveSufficient Effect:
Weak
magnets
in
compensator . Replacecompensator .
LiquidLeakage:
Leaking gaskets. Replacegaskets.
Br okencase. Replacecompass.
Defective
Light (Batter y
Switch
On,
Instr umentSwitchOn):
Bur ntoutbulb or fuse.
Replace
bulbor fuse.
Br okenCir cuit. Check
continuity
of
wir ing.
Br oken Switch. Check/r eplace
instr ument switch.
ALTIMETER
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Indicating
Hands Fail To
Respond:
Static
pr essur e
lineobstr ucted. Disconnect static
pr essur e
linefr om
instr uments and blow out with
compr essed
air .
CAUTION: Never
apply positive pr essur e
to staticlines with
the instr uments connected;
this will
damage
the
instr umentmechanism.
Static
pr essur e
connection Check static
pr essur e
lines and
impr oper ly
made. connect cor r ectly.
IndicationsAr e
Obviously
Incor r ect:
Leaks in static
pr essur e
line
Replace damaged tubing
and/or
and/or leaks in cases of checkinstr umentsfor leaks.
instr uments insame
system.
Defective instr ument. Replace
altimeter .
MM-lf7
Indicator Hands Vibr ate:
Excessive vibr ation of static Anchor
tubing
with tube clamps.
pr essur e
tubing.
ENGINE AND MAIN ROTQRTACHOMETER INDICATOR
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
Fluctuating
Needle(s):
Binding
cable. Lubr icatecable.
Defectiveinstr ument. Replace
instr ument.
No
Reading
on Indicator ,
Either Per manentor Inter mittent:
Twistedor br okencable.
Replace
cable.
Defectiveinstr ument Replace
instr ument.
Rever se installation of cables. -Install cables in cor r ect position.
Needles Do Not
Super impose:
Instr umentout oftoler ance. .Checktoler ance,2600
+25
RPM,
2800+25
RPM, spr ead
between
needles ~o of needle width maxi-
mum.
MANIFOLD PRESSURE
Excessive Er r or at
Existing
Bar ometer Pr essur e:
Water or r estr iction in line Disconnectandblowout line.
betweeninstr umentand
engine.
SluggishOper ation
ofNeedle:
Damaged or r estr icted line. Remove line and blow out r estr ic-
tion.
Replace
line if
damaged.
Defectiveinstr ument.
Replace
instr ument.
FUELOUANTITYGAGE
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
Indicator
Register s F, or Consistently HighReading (Batter y
SwitchOn):
Poor connectionsor Cleanand
tighten
connection.
sender
gr ound.
IVIIVI-I4-LI
Indicator
Register s
OAtAll Times:
Gr oundedleadwir e.
Replaceor r epair
wir e.
Defectiveindicator .
Replaceindicator .
Defectivesender .
Replacesender .
Float
jammed
or br oken offar m.
Replace
float.
Fuseblown.
Replace
fuse.
Er r aticand Inconsistent
Readings:
Cor r osion on movable contact Clean
contacting
sur face or r eplace
ar m or r esistance coil. sender .
Defective indicator .
Replace indicator .
Looseconnection; par tially Tighten
connection or r eplace
lead.
br oken lead.
Indicator Reading
NotAtOWith
Empty
Fuel Tank:
Resistanceoutof
adjustment. Adjustor r eplace
sender .
Indicator
Reading
NotAtF With Full Fuel Tank:
Resistanceoutof
adjustment. Adjustor r eplace
sender .
Float
jammed.
Fr ee float and r emove obstr uction.
ENGINE OILTEMPERATURE INDICATOR
PROBABLE CAUSE REQUIRED ACTION
No
Reading
on Oil
Temper atur e
Indicator With
Batter y
Switch
On,
Either Constantor Inter mittent:
Br eakin
power
leads.
Repair or r eplace
leads.
Poor
gr ound
at panel. Replace indicator .
Open or shor t cir cuit in
Replace
indicator .
indicator .
Reading
Off Scale at Low
Temper atur e
End or Low
Reading,
Either
Constant or Inter mittent:
Shor t cir cuit in leads fr om Make
continuity
checkand
r epair
r esistance bulb to indicator . or r eplace
lead.
Shor t cir cuit in bulb. Replace
bulb.
(NOTE: Do not use thr ead iube
when
installing
new bulb.)
MM-14-9
Openor shor tcir cuitin
Replace
indicator .
indicator .
Reading
Off Scale at
High Temper atur e
End or High Reading,
Either
Constantor Inter mittent:
Open
cir cuit in r esistance
Replace
bulb.
bulb. (NOTE: Do not use thr ead lube
when
installing new bulb.)
Openor shor tcir cuit
Replace
indicator .
in indicator .
FUELPRESSURE AND OILPRESSURE GAGE
PROBABLE CAUSE REOUIRED ACTION
Low
Reading onOil or Fuel Pr essur e Indicator :
Kinked
tubing or obstr uction
Replaceor clean
tubing.
in
tubing.
Instr umentoutoftoler ance.
Replace
instr ument.
Poor leadconnection. Clean connector s on meter and
sender and install
secur ely.
Inaccur ateFuel or Oil
Temper atur e
Indicator :
Defectivesender .
Replace
defectivesender .
Defective instr ument.
Replaceadefectiveinstr ument.
Sticking
Fuel or Oil Pr essur e Indicator :
Defectiveinstr ument.
Replace
instr ument.
Sluggish
Oil Pr essur e
Reading:
Sludgeor heavy
oil in line. Bleed line and ser vice with
engine
oil.
Fluctuating
Oil Pr essur e:
Air in
pr essur e
line. Ser viceoil
pr essur e
linewith
engine
oil.
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE IMDICATOR
Temper atur eReading HighThr oughout
Scale:
Poor connections or par tial
Check
continuity
of leads.
Repair
br eakin leads. or r eplacefaulty
leads.
Defective instr ument. Remove instr ument foi over haul.
MM-14-10
No
Reading,
Either Per manentor Inter mittent:
Br eakin
lead;
br eakin
Repair or r eplace lead; r eplace
ther mocouple.
ther mal switch.
Faulty
indicator . Remove instr ument for over haul.
Low
Reading,
Either Per manentor Inter mittent:
Poor connection or shor t Clean and
tighten
connections.
cir cuit. Eliminate shor t cir cuit.
AMMETER
No
Reading or Er r atic
Reading, (Batter y
Switch
On,
Alter nator
Switch On):
Malfunctioning
alter nator .
Repair or r eplace
alter nator .
Openor shor tcir cuit in
Replace
instr ument.
instr ument.
Dir ty or wor nmechanism.
Replace
instr ument.
Fault inswitches.
Replace
switches.
GEARBOX OILTEMPERATURE INDICATOR
Br okencir cuit. Check
continuity.
Clean and
tighten gr ound connec-
tion.
Bur nt out fuse.
Replace
fuse.
PITOT-STATICSYSTEM
Descr iption.
To
oper ate
the
air speed
indicator and
altimeter ,
it is
necessar y
to have astaticsour ceofair
pr essur e.
The F-28A
Helicopter
has two staticair
pr essur e por ts.
One is on the left hand side of the
fuselage just
aft of the
baggage compar tment,
and the other is on the
opposite
side of the
helicopter . They ar e inter connected acr oss the
fuselage by
a /s" aluminum
tubing
line. This line is r outed
along
the
r ight
hand side.of the
pylonassembly
under theseat and
up
tothealti-
meter and
air speed,
which ar e located on the instr ument
panel.
The
air speed
indicator measur es the differ ential between r am or impact
air
pr essur e
taken at the
pitot
head and staticair
pr essur e.
The measur e-
ment is indicated in miles
per
hour . The: altimeter indicatesthe
height
of the
helicopter
above sea level. The altimeter is
oper ated by
static
air
pr essur e
der ivedfr omthe
pitot-staticsystem.
Theinstr ument can be
compensated
for deviations fr omstandar dsealevel bar ometr ic
pr essur e
ALTIMETER AIR SPEED
Staticpr essur e
O
Pitot
pr essur e
E
J
Aef.Pylon R/Hside
Static
pr essur epickup
RIHside
I kl
Aef.Tail cone
7Fl_.
t I
f
VentlineL/Hside
2~"
Jtlz9~J
c-:
Ref.Cabinshell
Pitar tube
Air inlet
PITOT STATIC.SYSTEM
MM-14-12
manually by aknob on the lower left
por tion
of the instr ument case.
The bar ometr ic
pr essur e
scale is
gr aduated
in inches of
mer cur y.
The static
por ts
located on the left and
r ight
hand side ofthe
fuselage
ar e included in a pr eflight inspection guide,
and should
always
be
checked
pr ior
to
flight
andalsoat
any
timethe
helicopter
is
oper ated
in
dusty or fr eezing
conditions wher e the small inlet holes
may
become
clogged,
which will cause the instr uments to be
inoper ative
and
inaccur ate.
Pitot Tube.The
pitot
tube is located onl the lower for war dsideofthe
cabin str uctur e.It is acur ved aluminumtube attached
secur ely
at two
positions.
It is connectedtothe
r outing
linethat
goes
to theinstr ument
panel by a flex r ubber hose above the cabin line.It is
impor tant
that
a cover be
kept
over the
pitot
inlet at all times when the air cr aft is to
be
par ked
for
any pr olonged per iod
of time as ingestion
of dir t or
ice will
impair
the
oper ation
of the
air speed indicator .It is
impor tant
that the cover that is
put
over the intake of the
pitot
be ar ed
object
so that it will be noticeable and will be r emoved on the
pr eflight
inspection.
Both the
pitot system and static air
system
ar e
ver y
r eadily
accessible to the mechanic for
inspection
both
inter nally
and
exter nally
of the air fr ame.
MM-14-13
0
oo[1:O
OILPRESS.
o o
o o
AIRSPEED IND. ALflMETER
b~a ~s
IIT~
olP\r ~
2/ i~.
4
5,
/I; ..
1
3
I
5
J
i
1.oil Pr euur e
j\j
2.FuelVent
:1
3.ManifoldPle~sur e
4.Fuel Pr e~r ur e
i -\J.1
SytPm
MM-14-14
I
L~
(NSTR~MENT LINES
VIEw IA
HICI-IT SIDE OF ENGINE
i/
SECTION
TAILROTOR
DRIVE
ASSEMBLY
SECTION
15
Tail Rotor
Systems
MM-15-1
TAILROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY
DESCRIPTION
The tail r otor dr ive
assembly
consists of a tail r otor
assembly,
tail
r otor
tor que
tubemounted infive
bear ings
andatail r otor tr ansmission.
NOTE: If
possible,
the tail r otor
assembly
andtail r otor
gear
box should be r etur ned to the
factor y
for
inspection
and
any necessar y
over haul wor k.
TAILROTORASSEMBLY
The tail r otor assembly
consists of apitch
contr ol
assembly, two pitch
contr ol links and two blade assemblies bolted to a gr ip assembly.
Thr ee
bear ings ar e pr ovided
in each
gr ip
to pr ovide
for
feather ing
motion and tail r otor thr ust.Thehubis
splined
to the
r otating output
shaft of the
gear
box.Ther otor pitch
contr ol is
accomplishedthr ough
aser ies of bellcr anks and
cables,
attachedto foot
pedals
in the
cockpit.
:4
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
MM-15-2
Removal of Tail Rotor
Assembly (Ref.
Pg.
153)
Removetail r otor assembly by~
the
following pr ocedur e:
a. Disconnect
pitch change
links fr om
pitch ar ms (Ref. 15-9).
NOTE: When
r emoving har dwar e,
Item (A) and (B) (Ref.
Pg. 15-8),
obser ve that
spacer s
ar e pr ovided on
outboar d side of
pitch
links.
They ar e factor y set
for
pr oper clear ance,
KEEP TOGETHER for
pr oper
installation.
b. Remove
safety
wir e fr om hub r etention bolt (1); r emove bolt,
washer (2), and
teeter ing stop (3).
NOTE: index hub and shaft
splines
for installation ease.
c. Slowly
slide hub and blade
assembly
off shaft.
d. Use caution in
handling
and
wor king on assembly.
Disassembly
of Tail Rotor
Assembly.(Ref.
Page 15-3.)
Disassemble
thetail r otor
assembly by per for ming
the
following steps:
a. Remove the blade
assembly
fr om the hub
assembly by extr acting
safety
wir eand
r emoving
the bolts and washer (4 5) holding
the
pitch
ar m (6) to the
gr ip (7). Accomplish by r emoving
one at a
timewhile
gr ip
is
r otated, aligning
thatboltwithflat
par t
of
spindle
(8).
NOTE: 1.Ther e ar e special champhor ed
washer s under the
NAS bolts.
2.Index mar kthe blade to
spindle
and mar kthe
pitch
ar mto the
gr ip
to aid in
r eassembly.
3.Remove ZERK
fitting
(9) in
gr ip assembly (7).
4.Removebleedscr ew (10) in
gr ip
17).
b.
Apply
heat (with
gun
or substitute method) to blade
gr ip (7) till
it is
quite war m. Then
pull
blade and
gr ip assembly
offthe
spindle
assembly.
CAUTION: Do not
separ ate
the blade fr omthe
gr ip as these ar e
match-dr illedon
assembly.
c. Remove
bear ing r etaining
locknut (Il)andlockwasher
(12)
fr om
spindle (8).
d. Remove the thr ee thr ust
bear ings (13, 14, 15)
along
with the
spacer
(16).Obser ve that the
bear ings
have closedsidetowar ds hub.
e. Now slide
pitch ar m (6) and
bear ing (17) fr om the
spindle (8).
f.
Disengage
both r etainer
r ings (18 19) that secur e the
bear ings
(20 21) inthe
spindle (8).
g.
Use a suitable dr ift to r emove
bear ings (20 21) fr om hub
(22).
MM-15-3
NOTE: Shims (23 24)
may
be used between
bear ings
and
hub shoulder s. Exer cise car e not to mix or
change
their
position as this will aid in
r eassembly
and
MAINTAINING THE BALANCE.
Cleaning
Tail Rotor
Assembly.
Cleanthetail r otor
assembly as follows:
a. Clean tail r otor
assembly
with
clean,
lint-fr ee cloth
dampened
with
soap
andwater solution.
b.
Wipedr y
with
clean,
lint-fr eecloth.
c.Clean har d-to-clean
par ts
with solvent and
dr y
with
compr essed
air .
Inspection
of Tail Rotor
Assembly. Inspect
the tail r otor
assembly as
follows:
CAUTION: No cr acks or br eaks ar e
per missible
in tail r otor
blade, hub, pitch
contr ol
assembly.
Remove and
r eplaceany
defective
components.
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
20
i23
8,22
..24
3
21~
Is
2 17
15
j
14
19
a
13
5
11
7 i~a
12
r U
Balancing scr ew r efer ence
.TAILROTOR ASSEMBLY
MM-15-4
a. Checkall
par ts
for obviouswear or
damage.
b.Checkall thr eaded
par ts
for conditionofthr eads.
c.Checkall
bear ings
and lubr ication
fittings
for conditionof
oper ation.
d.
Inspect
tail r otor
assembly
for evidence of
binding by
hand
tur ning
afewtur nswhile
listening
for unusual sounds.
e. Inspect pitch
contr ol
assembly
for
scr atches, dents, nicks, cr acks,
cor r osionandsur facedefects.
f.Inspect
all nuts and bolts
secur ity.
g.
Inspect pitch
contr ol links for
scr atches, nicks, dents, bur r s, cr acks,
cor r osionandsimilar sur facedefects.
h.
Inspect
blade
stop
for deter ior ation and
secur ity
of attachment.
i.
Inspect
hub for
scr atches, nicks, dents, bur r s, cr acks,
cor r osionand
sur facedefects.
j. Inspect
bladesfor visiblebond.
k.Inspect leading edge
stainless steel abr asion
str ips on blade
leading
edge
for
separ ation
fr om blade skin. No voids ar e per mitted
in tail
r otor blades.
i. Inspect
bladesfor scr atches.
m.lnspect
stainless steel abr asion
str ip on
leading edges
for
cr acks,
dents,
scr atches and nicks.
Assembly
of Tail Rotor
Assembly.
Assemble the tail r otor
assembly
as follows:
CAUTION: To maintain
pr oper balance,
all
par ts
must be
r etur ned to their
or iginal position pr ior to dis-
assembly.
a. Inser t hub (22) into
spindle (8).Be sur e
spacer s
(23 24) hav~
been installed as r emoved.Pr ess
bear ing (20 21) into
opposite
sides of
spindle (8) and inser t r etainer
r ings (18 19).
b. Slide
pitch
linkar m (6) onto spindle.
c. Install
bear ing (17) followed
by spacer
(16).
d. Install the thr ee
bear ings (13,
14 15) onto
spindle.
CAUTION: Be sur ethe
bear ings
haveclosedsidetowar dsthehub.
e. Install lockwasher (12) and
r etaining
nut (11). Tor que
nut to
40 50Ibs.
f. Heat blade
gr ip (7) until
quite war m and slide over spindle
assembly (8).
MM-15-5
g.
Install the
eight
bolts and washer s (4.8 5).Assembling
the
pitch
ar m (6) to the
gr ip
(7).
NOTE:
Accomplish by installing one at atimewhile
gr ip
is
r otated, aligning
that bolt with fiat side of
spindle
(8).
h.
Safety
wir e bolts in
pair s.
i. Install ZERK
fitting (9) in
gr ip (8).
j.
Lubr icate with Aer o-shell 14
gr ease.
Be sur e 10-32 scr ew (10) is
r emoved to allow
pur ging
of
gr ease
in
gr ip (8).
NOTE: Reinstall 10-32
pur ge
scr ew (10).
Removal ofContr ol
Assembly.
(Ref.
Page
15-8.)
a. Remove
safety
wir e on both
guide
bolts
(4)
fr om
pitch
link
r etainer (5).
b.Remove
snap r ing (6).
c. Remove
pitch
linkr etainer bolts (4) and r emove r etainer
assembly
(5).
d.Remove both bolts and washer s (7) attaching bear ing yoke (8) to
thecontr ol ~br ackets (9 10).
e. Car efully
slide
yoke(8) offtheslottedshaft
(11) and
spacer
(17).
f.The contr ol br ackets
mayr emain on the
gear
box at this time.
g.
To r emove the br acket
assembly (9 10), r emove the
safety
wir e
fr omthe four bolts (12).
h.
Separ ate
and r emove the
upper
and the lower br ackets (9 10).
NOTE: Obser ve washer s on pivot
axis of
upper
and lower
br ackets.
MM-15-6
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
91
MM-15-7
Disassembly
of
Bear ing Housing. (Ref.
Page 15-8.)
a.
Removethe
snap
nut (13).
b.Heatthe
housing assembly (8) and
pr ess
out
bear ing (14).
c.
Remove
pitch
contr ol
bear ing (16).
d.Removeseals (15 8 17).
Reassembly
of
Bear ing Housing
a. Inspect
and
r eplacepar ts
as
necessar y.
b.Reassembleinr ever seor der of
disassembly.
TAILRQTOR PEDALCONTROLS
Removal, Inspection
and Installation.
NOTE: To r emove
any par t
of the tail r otor
pedal
installation,
fir st r emove thefloor
upholster y
and
floor
inspectioncover s.
a.
In or der to
tempor ar ily
disconnect thedual
pedals, r emovethe
har dwar e
(23 and
25) connecting
dual cr oss over tube (26)
between bellcr anks
(24 and 27).
b. Remove cr oss over tube (26) and attach
existing
har dwar eto it
toassist in r einstallation.
c.
To
per manently
disconnect and r emovethe
co-pilots
dual
pedal
installation, pr oceed as follows: r emovecr oss over tubeas stated
in a andb above.
d. Disconnectandr emovehar dwar e
(19,
20and22).
e.
Removebellcr ank
(27) and
push-pull
r ods
(21).
f. Disconnectandr emovethehar dwar e
(28) secur ing pedal
br ackets
toseat str uctur e.
g.
Remove
pedal assembly
and attach all har dwar e to the
pedal
br ackets.
h.
Replace
floor
inspection cover s and
upholster y,
and check
contr olsfor
pr oper oper ationpr ior
to
flight.
TAILROTOR PEDALPUSH-PULLRODS
Removal and
Replacement.
a. Removehar dwar e (19 and20).
b. Removetur nbuckle
(21).
NOTE: Mar kfor ease in
r eplacement.
c. Replace
in r ever sepr ocedur e.
9
21 19 CABLE REF.
24
7
0/ II
O
171
\I
o
I
16 22
1 25
15
I
is
II
o
4
i,
Fii~
27
23
6C3
1B
19
26
a
O
io
8
a
~o ~h
ii
~s,
~PPa
24
d
8
r d
r o
i
~sa,
n~a.
CD
29
TAILROTOR MECHANICALCONTROLS
29
MM-15-9
TAILROTOR BELLCRANK
Removal and
Replacement.
a. Loosen tail r otor cables in
engine compar tment
and disconnect
cablefr ombellcr ank.
(Ref.Page 15-14.)
b. Remove har dwar e
(19,
22 and 23)
fr om bellcr ank
(24) and
r emove.
c. Reinstall in r ever se pr ocedur e.
TAILROTOR GEAR BOX REMOVAL
Removal. To r emove the tail r otor
gear box, pr oceed as follows:
(Ref.Page 15-10.)
a. Remover ail r otor
assembly. (Ref.Page 15-2.)
b.Disconnect r udder cables at
gear
box (1).
c. Remove the for war d
taper pin attaching
dr ive
coupling
to the
gear
box. (Ref.Page
15-16)
d.Disconnect or r emovetail
guar d 12).
e. Remove
safety
wir eand thesix scr ews thatattachthe
gear
box (3).
f. Remove
gear
box
by str aight pull
aftto r elease it.
NOTE: Do not
pull on theslottedshaft. It can damage
the
enclosur eseal.
Disassembly
ofTail Rotor Gear Box.
(Ref.Page 15-10.)
Befor e
disassembly
of tail r otor
gear box,
checkthe r un out at the
outer end of the
output
shaft
assembly.
Run out shall not exceed
.005. Field
disassembly
of the
gear
box is
r equir ed only
when mal-
functions ar e noted or suspected.
Field maintenance is limitedto the
r eplacement
of
seals, packings, bear ings,
and
gear s.
a. Befor e
disassembiy
of
gear
box, r emove dr ain valve (1) and
magneticplug (2).Inspect
for metal
par ticles.
Removal and
Disassembly
of
Input
Shaft.
NOTE:
Input
shaft must be r emoved and disassembled
pr ior
tother emoval ofthe
output
shaft.
b.Remove
safety
wir e and six scr ews (3) fr om the
input capsule
assembly 14).
NOTE: Obser ve the shims (5) and r ecor d the dimensions.
c. Apply
heat to the
gear
box and r emove the
input capsule
assembly 14).
CAUTION: Do not exceed 1800to 2000F.
by use of heat
gun.
1 B
~b,
I
6a
Q2 14
7a
~x
4a
,p~
03
3a 9
11
S3d~
12
r ;
13
5
5
Se
B
Ila
3
is
17
20
d 15
IOo
16
K
Shur - Lock
TAILROTOR GEAR BOX ASSEMBLY b
MM-15-ll
d.Remove
input
shaft
assembly
fr om
gear
box.
e. The
input
shaft
capsule assembly (4) is fur ther disassembled
by
r emoving
nut and washer (6 7).
f.Place
input
shaft (8) in
pr ess
and, pr essing on thethr eaded end of
the
shaft, r emove
spacer (9),
gear
(10), spacer (11), bear ing (12)
and
spacer
(13).
g.
Removewoodr uff
keys (14) fr om
pinion
shaft.
h.When the
following par ts
ar e r emoved fr om the
pinion shaft,
spacer
(15)
will also slideofftheendoftheshaft.
i. Remove
snap r ing (16).
j.
Pr ess seal (17)
and
bear ing (18)
fr om
capsule assembly (4).
SPECIAL The two
bear ings
(12 18) ar e a matched
pair .
NOTE The
spacer
(13) and the
housing
(4) ar e mated and
car r y matching
ser ial number s which ar e etched on
the outside of the
housing assembly.
Removal and
Disassembly
of
Output
Shaft.
k.Remove
safety
wir e and six scr ews (1-a) that attachthe seal
r etainer
assembly
to the
output por tion
of thetail r otor
gear
box.
i.
Apply
heat to the
gear
box and r emove the
output
shaft
assembly
(3-a).
NOTE: Obser ve the shim thicknesses and r ecor d the di-
mensions (11-a).
m.Install the shaft- in the
pr ess,
and
pr oceed
to
pr ess
the
following
par ts
fr om the shaft in the
following sequence:
Gear
(4-a), spacer
(5-a), bear ing (6-a) andwoodr uff
keys (7-a).
n.Apply
heat to seal r etainer (2-a)
and r emove slotted shaft (8-a).
o.Pr ess
bear ing (9-a)
fr omshaft (3-a).
p.
Removeseal (10-a).
NOTE: The
gear s
ar e not matched sets and call be
r eplaced
individually.
q. Inspect
and
r eplace bear ings, shims, spacer s,
seals and har dwar e
as
necessar y.
Assemble tail r otor
gear
box in r ever se or der and
inspect visually
to seethatall
safety
devices havebeen
accomplished
pr ior
to installationof
gear
box ontail cone.
2).. ta
i. \nputCapsu~a
2. Ser ial Numben
; 3.
Taper
Pint
i
4. Aft Flex Cbupling i
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
MM-15-13
Tail Rotor Cable
Inspection
and
Replacement
a. To
inspect
cables and
pulleys
it will be
necessar y
to r emove aft
wr ap
ar ound
cowl, baggage compar tment
and fiber
glass
seat cover
as r equir ed.
b.
Inspect
tail r otor cables for excessive wear and str and
separ ation.
c. If
necessar y
to r eplace
aft
cables, pr oceedas follows:
1. Removeaftcablelinks.
2.Cut cableaftoftur nbuckle.
3.Attach
str ing
to cable and
pull
aft
thr oughpulleys
andtail cone.
4.
Replace
aftcableinr ever seor der .
5.Positionnew cablear ound
eye
ontur nbuckle.
NOTE:
Reposition
tur nbuckletoallowfor futur e
adjustment.
6.Pull cabletautand
swedge.
7.Cut excess cable.
8.
Re-r ig
tail r otor .iRef.
Page
15-20).
9.
Safety
wir etur nbuckles
uponcompletion
of
r igging.
d.If
necessar y
to
r epiacefor war dcables, pr oceedas follows:
1. Removeseat
assembly
andfloor
panels as r equir ed.
2.Disconnectcableat bellcr ankunder floor .
3.Cut cablefor war doftur nbuckle.
4.Attach
str ing
to cable and
pull
for war d
thr ough
fir ewall and
seat assembly.
5.
Replace
for war dcablein r ever seor der .
6.Position newcablear oundcable
eye
ontur nbuckle.
NOTE:
Readjust
tur nbuckle to allow for futur e
adjustment.
7.Pull cabletautand
r eswedge.
8.Cut excess cable.
9.
Re-r ig
tail r otor contr ols.(Ref.Page 15-20).
10.
Safety
wir etur nbuckles oncompletion
of
r igging.
TAILROTOR DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
The tail r otor dr ive shaft tr ansmits
power
fr om themain r otor
gear
box to the tail r otor
gear
box. Excessive oscillation of thedr iveshaft
is
suppr essed by
thefive
bear ings
onthe
top
ofthetail cone.Thedr ive
shaftis fabr icated fr om 4130steel
tubing
and has for war d and aft
univer sal
joints
that allow 11/20Of
misalignment.
The tail r otor dr ive
shaft
alignment must be checked
visually
with the shaft installed in
the
helicopter
andattachedat thefor eand aftend.
PEDALSTOPS
LOCATION
II L/HENGINE COMPARTMENT
CI
CJ
a9,-
1
LOCATION
AFT PYLON
LOCATION
AFTPYLON
Z
LOCATION
INSIDE CABIN
P FIREWALL
P
TAILROTOR CABLE ASSEMBLY
MM-15-15
Toolsand
Equipment Necessar y
toPer for m
Oper ation:
Length
of
piano
wir e for use in
aligning
dr ive shaft
assembly.
Removal of Tail Rotor Dr ive
Shaft,
Pillow
Assemblies,
andMechanical
Tachometer .(Ref.
Page 15-16)
Remove the dr ive
shaft, pillow
assemblies and tachometer as follows:
a. Remove
bolts(l 2) infor war dandaftuniver sals.
b.Remove
taper pin (3) infor war duniver sal.
c.Slideuniver sal inboar dat bothfr ontandaftsections.
d.Remove the bolts (4) that attach the
pillow
blocks (12) and shims
(5) to
top
of
fuselage.
NOTE: 1. Attach shims (5) with
safety
wir e or
tape as the
pillow
blocks ar e shimmed
uponor iginal installation,
and
keeping
shims
together
will facilitate
alignment
ofshaft
upon
installation.
2.
Changing
main r otor
gear
box
may
necessitate
r eshimming pillow
blocks.
Removethe
following
tachometer
par ts:
(Ref.
Page 15-16)
e. Cap scr ews (6).
f.Cover
assembly 17).
g.
" O"
r ings (8).
h.Dr ive
pulley (9).
i. Remove
r otating
beacon (10).
NOTE: Lift
complete
tail r otor dr ive shaft
assembly (11)
fr om
helicopter . Lay
dr iveshaft on flat sur face and
away
fr om
per sonnel
that
may step
on shaft.
i.
Remove
taper pins (16) and r emove univer sals (A and B) fr omtail
r otor dr iveshaft.
k.Remove each of the
pillow
blocks (12) fr om the tail r otor ~dr ive
shaft (11)
and
designate
each
pillow
block
by number , star ting
at
thefr ont.Thiswill eliminateer r or s in
r eassembly.
I. If
necessar y
to
r eplace bear ings,
r emove
snap r ing (13)
and r emove
bear ing (14)
fr om
pillow
blocks.
Inspection
ofTail Rotor Dr iveShaft
Assembly.
Inspect
the dr ive shaft and
pillow
blockassemblies as follows:
a. Inspect
all
par ts
for obviouswear or
damage.
b.Checkall thr eaded
par ts
for conditionofthr eads.
c. Inspect
dr ive shaft for scr atches. Minor scr atches ar e per missible.
Roundbottomofscr atches andtouch
up
withIr idine.
A
B
15 RUBBER 13 SNAP RING
17 TAPE R PIN
16 ~2
BOLT
12 PILLOW HOUSING 1BOLT
TAPER PIN
J TAPER PIN
14 BEARING
\16
BUSHING TAPER PIN
O
4BOLT
5SHI
10ROTATINGBEACON 11
6 Wb ~tl I I
o III 1
g
REFERENCE
TACHOMETER
111
ASSEMBLY
Q)
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
ATP
MM-15-17
d.Checkfor dentsandcr acks indr iveshaft.
NOTE: None
per missible.
e. Inspect
each of the five
bear ings (14) for
r oughness,
indication of
over heat and/or lackof lubr ication.
Replace and/or lubr icate all
bear ings as
necessar y pr ior
to installation with Aer o-shell 14
gr ease.
f.
Inspect
the univer sal assemblies
(A and
B) for
any
excessive
wear .
g. Inspect taper pin
holes for
elongation or
misalignment.
Assembly
and Installation of Tail Rotor Dr iveShaft and Pillow Block
Assembly.
Assemblethetail r otor dr iveshaftas follows:
a. Locate for eand aft univer sal assemblies (A and B) on
pinion
shafts
ofmain r otor tr ansmissionandtail r otor tr ansmission.
b.Deter mine
length
ofnew undr illedtail r otor dr iveshaft.
c.After
deter mining
the
length
of the dr ive
shaft,
dr ill holes for
taper
pins
for thefor eandaft
couplings.
CAUTION: When
dr illing
for
taper pin,
deter mine minimum
size of
pin
to be
installed,
dr ill hole and
taper r eam.
Be car eful not to
taper
r eamtoo deep.
d.Inser t r ubber
bushings (15)
insideof
bear ings (14) pr ior
to
installing
pillowhousing (12) assembly
onshaft (11).
e. Use lubr icate (STP) to facilitate
installing pillow housing assembly
(12) on shaft (11).
f.
Install pillow
blocks (12) fr omfr ontto r ear onshaft.
g.
Install
taper pins (16) to
pinion
shafts.
h.Be sur e for war d and aft dr ive
couplings ar e gr eased pr ior to
r eassembly.
CAUTION: When
installing
the new
taper pins
in dr ive shaft
assembly
both for e and
aft, use
AN975-3 washer
and
inspect
for
pr oper
fit.
i. Install the shims (5) under each of thefive
pillow
blocksand install
theattachedbolts (4) totail boommount
pads.
NOTE: Do not
tighten
these
bolts, as
you
will have to
adjust
for
alignment
of the tail r otor dr ive shaft.
InstallationofMechanical Tachometer .
Install the
following
units:
a. Dr iven
pulley (9) onshaft (11).
b." O"
r ings (8).
NOTE:
Align
dr ive
pulley
with dr iven
pulley
and secwe
four scr ews.
MM-15-18
c.Cover
assembly (7).
d.Two
cap
scr ews (6).
Alignment
of Tail Rotor Dr ive Shaft.
Align
thetail r otor dr iveshaftas follows:
a. Alighment
of the tail r otor dr ive Shaft is
accomplished by
deter -
mining afixed
point at the for e and aft center line oftheuniver sal
joint.
b.Str etch apiano
wir e ).010" ) for eandaftand
align
the
height
ofthe
pillow
blockstotheoutstr etchedwir e.
c.Shim as
necessar y. Tighten
to
pr opei tor que.Safety
wir e
attaching
boltsonpillow
block
(12).
d.After this
alignment
has been
achieved, tur ntheshaft 900andcheck
for
alignment later ally.
Final
Inspection
ofTail Rotor Dr ive
Assembly.
a. Inspect
the for war d and aft univer sal attachments (A and B) for
secur ity.
b.Checkfive
pillow
blockboltattachmentsfor
secur ity.
c.Checkeach alemite
fitting
for
secur ity
and
pr oper
amount of
lubr icant in
bear ing.
Re-installationofTail Rotor Dr ive
Assembly
a. Re-install tail r otor
gear
box (Ref.Pg.15-10).
b. Re-install tail r otor contr olsand
hook-up (Ref.15- 8
c. Re-installtail r otor
guar d.
d. Re-installationoftail r otor (Ref.Pg.
15- 3).
1. Position r otor hub
assembly (22) on the shaft
splines so the
axes of the hub is
par allel
with the
pitch
linkr etainer and
slideon.
2.Star t .041
wr ap
of
safety
wir e ar ound the hub
(22) and feed
thr ough
the
teeter ing stop (3) as the
teeter ing stop
is
putin
position.
3. Install r etention bolt (1), washer (2) and
tor que
to 300in./lbs.
and
complete safety
with .040wir e.
4.Rotate the blades so that the blade
pitch
linkis
opposite
the
pitch
linkr etainer .
5.Connect
pitch
linkto
pitch change
ar m
utilizing
AN har dwar e
as shownon
Pg.15-8.)
6.When
assembling
blade
pitch ar m to
pitch change link, place
thin
spacer
over bolt and install bolt with head inboar d into
MM-15-19
r od end
pitch ar m. Assemble
lar ge
AN760D416 washer thr u
spacer
on bolt followed
by pitch ar m.
7. Install AN760D416 washer , and AN364-416 nut.(See NOTE on
Pg.
15- 2).
8.NOTE: Do not r emove the
pitch
linkr etainer stud as it is
apr e-dr illed
unit.
9.Lubr icatetail r otor withAer oshell 14
gr ease.
10.Checkfor fr eedomof
oper ation
andfull tr avel.
After final
inspection
of tail r otor dr ive
assembly, r un
up engine,
engaging
ther otor
system,
andcheckeach
pillow
block
bear ing suppor t
for over -heat or
noisy bear ings
that would indicate a
dr y
or
angular
displacement
ofthe
bear ing suppor t.
TAILROTOR SYSTEM
TAILROTOR RIGGING
Pr ocedur e.
a. Clamp pedals
in line
(neutr al position).
b.Inser t
r igging
tool
(T-0012,(Ref.Page115-211),
neutr al
position, at
position
shown on Page15-20.lf r igging
tool can not be inser ted
cables must be
r eadjusted (35 to40
Ibs.).
NOTE: If
special
tool is not
available,
neutr al measur ement
is .590.
c. Remove
r igging
tool and
clamps
fr om
pedals.
d.Inser t
r igging
tool as in
S~tep
b for cor r ect
" r ight pedal" spacing
between for kand
adapter plate
of tail r otor .
Depr ess r ight pedal,
if
spacing
is incor r ect
adjust stop on for war d bellcr ank
assembly
under left handfloor incabin.(Ref.
Page 15-8)
e.
Repeat Step
d. For cor r ect " Left Pedal" thr ow and cor r ect as in
Step
d if
necessar y.
f.Check
pitch change
links for
pr oper
over all dimension. Use
micr ometer or suitable
measur ing
device to set
length
at 4.124
inches for
fiber giide bear ings
and 4.050for helm
bear ings. (Ref.
Page 15-20)
g. Cycle pedals
full left and
r ight
and checkfor
pr oper
blade
tr avel,
for
secur ity
and fr eedom of
oper ation. Safety
wir e~tur nbuckles
using
.032
safety
wir e.Recheck
complete system.
NOTE: No mor e than thr ee thr eads to be
exposed
at both
ends on tur nbuckle.
h.Left
pedal
tr avel 26.30
+_
19 and
r ight pedal
-5.50 10.
MM-15-20
PTCH
LINKOVEF19CC
POINT
I!
h~ii
ii:
RIGGINGTOOL
POSITION
TAILROTOR RIGGING
ORIGINAL
As
Received
By
ATP
FILLERPLUG
ZERI< FITTING
I
II
6:
IY
PUSHTOTEST
Le
LEVELVALVE
MAGNETIC
DRAIN VALVE
ZERK FITTING
r
I
i
PURGE
PLUG
i REMOVETO
GREASE
TAILROTOR LUBRICATION POINTS
MM-15-21
NEWTRAL
_~OSITI; QN
PEDAL
~TH1GKNESS:FOR
TAILROTOR RIGGING TOOL
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
TAILROTORSYSTEN
TAILROTOR BALANCING-STATIC.(Ref.15-22)
a. Gr ease:blade
gr ips
and
wipe assembly
fr eeof all
for eign
matter .
b,
Install
balance
ar bor intail r otor hub.
c.P!ace~
tail r otor
assembly
on balance fixtur e. Ref. Pictur e
A:
d.:
Alignblades
in zer o pitchsetting.
e.:~heckchor dwisebalance. Ref.Pictur e B.
NOTE: Add or r emove weights as
necessar y
to balance
scr ews located in butt end of blade (1). If
excessive
weight
is
r equir ed, r emove tail r otor fr om
fixtur e and shift shims in hub. Re-checkchor dwise
balance.
f.Check
spanwise
balance. Ref.Pictur eC.
g.
Add or r emove weights as
necessar y
to balance scr ews located in
tip
endofblade (2).
h.Re-checkchor dwisebalance.
i. If
desir ed, a check
may
be made at 450inter vals to deter mine if
taii r otor
assembly
is
pr oper ly
balanced.
MM-15-22
FIGURE A
ORIGINAL
As Received
By
ATP
FIGURE B
FIGURE C
TAILROTOR BALANCE
i,
II